From 24979061b86d62aa1d2d0acf260492eee4f7c59c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel20 Date: Thu, 22 Nov 2018 22:03:28 +0100 Subject: [PATCH] update ffmpeg 4.0 --- configure.ac | 5 +- .../How to update the ffmpeg files.txt | 20 + src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/ToDo.txt | 112 + src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avcodec.pas | 6805 +++++++++++++++++ src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avformat.pas | 3280 ++++++++ src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avio.pas | 992 +++ src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avutil.pas | 366 + src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/ff_api-defines.inc | 169 + .../ffmpeg-4.0/libavcodec/audioconvert.pas | 294 + src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/buffer.pas | 310 + src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/cpu.pas | 135 + src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/dict.pas | 168 + src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/error.pas | 169 + src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/frame.pas | 928 +++ src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/log.pas | 530 ++ src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/mathematics.pas | 222 + src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/mem.pas | 578 ++ src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/opt.pas | 507 ++ src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/pixfmt.pas | 599 ++ src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/samplefmt.pas | 287 + src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/rational.pas | 270 + src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/swresample.pas | 467 ++ src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/swscale.pas | 439 ++ 23 files changed, 17651 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/How to update the ffmpeg files.txt create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/ToDo.txt create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avcodec.pas create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avformat.pas create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avio.pas create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avutil.pas create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/ff_api-defines.inc create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavcodec/audioconvert.pas create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/buffer.pas create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/cpu.pas create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/dict.pas create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/error.pas create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/frame.pas create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/log.pas create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/mathematics.pas create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/mem.pas create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/opt.pas create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/pixfmt.pas create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/samplefmt.pas create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/rational.pas create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/swresample.pas create mode 100644 src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/swscale.pas diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac index daca2698..15c2870c 100644 --- a/configure.ac +++ b/configure.ac @@ -276,7 +276,10 @@ AC_SUBST_DEFINE(HAVE_SWRESAMPLE, $libswresample_HAVE) # map avutil library version to ffmpeg version AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of ffmpeg]) -if FFMPEG_LIBS_COMPATIBLE([55078100], [57107100], [57083100], [4008100], [2009100]); then +# the order is ([avutil], [avcodec], [avformat], [swscale], [swresample]) +if FFMPEG_LIBS_COMPATIBLE([56014100], [58018100], [58012100], [5001100], [3001100]); then + FFMPEG_VERSION="4.0" +elif FFMPEG_LIBS_COMPATIBLE([55078100], [57107100], [57083100], [4008100], [2009100]); then FFMPEG_VERSION="3.4" elif FFMPEG_LIBS_COMPATIBLE([55034100], [57064100,57093100], [57056100], [4002100], [2003100]); then FFMPEG_VERSION="3.2" # and 3.3 diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/How to update the ffmpeg files.txt b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/How to update the ffmpeg files.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ae65d477 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/How to update the ffmpeg files.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +how to update the ffmpeg files: + +1) buffer.pas + cpu.pas + dict.pas + error.pas + frame.pas + log.pas + mathematics.pas + mem.pas + opt.pas + pixfmt.pas + samplefmt.pas +2) rational.pas +3) avutil.pas +4) avcodec.pas +5) avio.pas + swscale.pas + swresample.pas +6) avformat.pas \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/ToDo.txt b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/ToDo.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b0bd305e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/ToDo.txt @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +1) avutil.pas + +from mem.pas: +inline function av_x_if_null +inline function av_size_mult + +from log.pas: +inline function av_log +inline function av_log_set_callback +inline function av_log_default_callback +inline function av_dlog + + +FFmpeg 3.0 changes: +2016-02-10 - bc9a596 / 9f61abc - lavf 57.25.100 / 57.3.0 - avformat.h + Add AVFormatContext.opaque, io_open and io_close, allowing custom IO + +2016-02-01 - 1dba837 - lavf 57.24.100 - avformat.h, avio.h + Add protocol_whitelist to AVFormatContext, AVIOContext + +2016-01-31 - 66e9d2f - lavu 55.17.100 - frame.h + Add AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE for exporting MPEG1/2 GOP timecodes. + +2016-01-01 - 5e8b053 / 2c68113 - lavc 57.21.100 / 57.12.0 - avcodec.h + Add AVCodecDescriptor.profiles and avcodec_profile_name(). + +2015-12-28 - 1f9139b - lavf 57.21.100 - avformat.h + Add automatic bitstream filtering; add av_apply_bitstream_filters() + +2015-12-22 - 39a09e9 - lavfi 6.21.101 - avfilter.h + Deprecate avfilter_link_set_closed(). + Applications are not supposed to mess with links, + they should close the sinks. + +2015-12-17 - lavc 57.18.100 / 57.11.0 - avcodec.h dirac.h + xxxxxxx - Add av_packet_add_side_data(). + xxxxxxx - Add AVCodecContext.coded_side_data. + xxxxxxx - Add AVCPBProperties API. + xxxxxxx - Add a new public header dirac.h containing + av_dirac_parse_sequence_header() + +2015-12-11 - 676a93f - lavf 57.20.100 - avformat.h + Add av_program_add_stream_index() + +2015-11-29 - 93fb4a4 - lavc 57.16.101 - avcodec.h + Deprecate rtp_callback without replacement, i.e. it won't be possible to + get image slices before the full frame is encoded any more. The libavformat + rtpenc muxer can still be used for RFC-2190 packetization. + +2015-11-22 - fe20e34 - lavc 57.16.100 - avcodec.h + Add AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK for making fallback associations between + streams. + +2015-11-22 - ad317c9 - lavf 57.19.100 - avformat.h + Add av_stream_new_side_data(). + +2015-11-22 - e12f403 - lavu 55.8.100 - xtea.h + Add av_xtea_le_init and av_xtea_le_crypt + +2015-11-18 - lavu 55.7.100 - mem.h + Add av_fast_mallocz() + +2015-10-29 - lavc 57.12.100 / 57.8.0 - avcodec.h + xxxxxx - Deprecate av_free_packet(). Use av_packet_unref() as replacement, + it resets the packet in a more consistent way. + xxxxxx - Deprecate av_dup_packet(), it is a no-op for most cases. + Use av_packet_ref() to make a non-refcounted AVPacket refcounted. + xxxxxx - Add av_packet_alloc(), av_packet_clone(), av_packet_free(). + They match the AVFrame functions with the same name. + +2015-10-27 - 1e477a9 - lavu 55.5.100 - cpu.h + Add AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI. + +2015-10-22 - ee573b4 / a17a766 - lavc 57.9.100 / 57.5.0 - avcodec.h + Add data and linesize array to AVSubtitleRect, to be used instead of + the ones from the embedded AVPicture. + +2015-10-22 - 866a417 / dc923bc - lavc 57.8.100 / 57.0.0 - qsv.h + Add an API for allocating opaque surfaces. + +2015-10-15 - 2c2d162 - lavf 57.4.100 + Remove the latm demuxer that was a duplicate of the loas demuxer. + +2015-10-14 - b994788 / 11c5f43 - lavu 55.4.100 / 55.2.0 - dict.h + Change return type of av_dict_copy() from void to int, so that a proper + error code can be reported. + +2015-09-29 - b01891a / 948f3c1 - lavc 57.3.100 / 57.2.0 - avcodec.h + Change type of AVPacket.duration from int to int64_t. + +2015-09-17 - 7c46f24 / e3d4784 - lavc 57.3.100 / 57.2.0 - d3d11va.h + Add av_d3d11va_alloc_context(). This function must from now on be used for + allocating AVD3D11VAContext. + +2015-09-15 - lavf 57.2.100 - avformat.h + probesize and max_analyze_duration switched to 64bit, both + are only accessible through AVOptions + +2015-09-15 - lavf 57.1.100 - avformat.h + bit_rate was changed to 64bit, make sure you update any + printf() or other type sensitive code + +2015-09-15 - lavc 57.2.100 - avcodec.h + bit_rate/rc_max_rate/rc_min_rate were changed to 64bit, make sure you update + any printf() or other type sensitive code + +2015-09-07 - lavu 55.0.100 / 55.0.0 + c734b34 / b8b5d82 - Change type of AVPixFmtDescriptor.flags from uint8_t to uint64_t. + f53569a / 6b3ef7f - Change type of AVComponentDescriptor fields from uint16_t to int + and drop bit packing. + 151aa2e / 2268db2 - Add step, offset, and depth to AVComponentDescriptor to replace + the deprecated step_minus1, offset_plus1, and depth_minus1. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avcodec.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avcodec.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e717744d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avcodec.pas @@ -0,0 +1,6805 @@ +(* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg. + * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows. + * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT + * in the source codes. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavcodec/avcodec.h + * version: 56.1.100 + * + *) + +unit avcodec; + +{$IFDEF FPC} + {$MODE DELPHI } + {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) + {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *) +{$ELSE} + {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) +{$ENDIF} + +{$I switches.inc} (* for ffmpeg defines *) +{$I ff_api-defines.inc} (* FF_API_* defines *) + +{$IFDEF DARWIN} + {$linklib libavcodec} +{$ENDIF} + +interface + +uses + ctypes, + avutil, + rational, + SysUtils, + {$IFDEF UNIX} + BaseUnix, + {$ENDIF} + UConfig; + +const + (* + * IMPORTANT: The official FFmpeg C headers change very quickly. Often some + * of the data structures are changed so that they become incompatible with + * older header files. The Pascal headers have to be adjusted to those changes, + * otherwise the application might crash randomly or strange bugs (not + * necessarily related to video or audio due to buffer overflows etc.) might + * occur. + * + * In the past users reported problems with USDX that took hours to fix and + * the problem was an unsupported version of FFmpeg. So we decided to disable + * support for future versions of FFmpeg until the headers are revised by us + * for that version as they otherwise most probably will break USDX. + * + * If the headers do not yet support your FFmpeg version you may want to + * adjust the max. version numbers manually but please note: it may work but + * in many cases it does not. The USDX team does NOT PROVIDE ANY SUPPORT + * for the game if the MAX. VERSION WAS CHANGED. + * + * The only safe way to support new versions of FFmpeg is to add the changes + * of the FFmpeg git repository C headers to the Pascal headers. + * You can accelerate this process by posting a patch with the git changes + * translated to Pascal to our bug tracker (please join our IRC chat before + * you start working on it). Simply adjusting the max. versions is NOT a valid + * fix. + *) + + (* Supported version by this header *) + LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR = 58; + LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MINOR = 35; + LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE = 100; + LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION = (LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) + + (LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) + + (LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE); + + (* Min. supported version by this header *) + LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR = 58; + LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_MINOR = 18; + LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE = 100; + LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION = (LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) + + (LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) + + (LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE); + +(* Check if linked versions are supported *) +{$IF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION)} + {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavcodec is too old!'} +{$IFEND} + +(* Check if linked version is supported *) +{$IF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION > LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION)} + {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavcodec is not yet supported!'} +{$IFEND} + +{$IFNDEF FPC} +type + // defines for Delphi + size_t = cardinal; +{$ENDIF} + +type + FF_INTERNALC_MEM_TYPE = cuint; + +const + AV_NOPTS_VALUE: cint64 = $8000000000000000; + AV_TIME_BASE = 1000000; + AV_TIME_BASE_Q: TAVRational = (num: 1; den: AV_TIME_BASE); + +(** + * @ingroup libavc + * @defgroup lavc_encdec send/receive encoding and decoding API overview + * @{ + * + * The avcodec_send_packet()/avcodec_receive_frame()/avcodec_send_frame()/ + * avcodec_receive_packet() functions provide an encode/decode API, which + * decouples input and output. + * + * The API is very similar for encoding/decoding and audio/video, and works as + * follows: + * - Set up and open the AVCodecContext as usual. + * - Send valid input: + * - For decoding, call avcodec_send_packet() to give the decoder raw + * compressed data in an AVPacket. + * - For encoding, call avcodec_send_frame() to give the encoder an AVFrame + * containing uncompressed audio or video. + * In both cases, it is recommended that AVPackets and AVFrames are + * refcounted, or libavcodec might have to copy the input data. (libavformat + * always returns refcounted AVPackets, and av_frame_get_buffer() allocates + * refcounted AVFrames.) + * - Receive output in a loop. Periodically call one of the avcodec_receive_*() + * functions and process their output: + * - For decoding, call avcodec_receive_frame(). On success, it will return + * an AVFrame containing uncompressed audio or video data. + * - For encoding, call avcodec_receive_packet(). On success, it will return + * an AVPacket with a compressed frame. + * Repeat this call until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or an error. The + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value means that new input data is required to + * return new output. In this case, continue with sending input. For each + * input frame/packet, the codec will typically return 1 output frame/packet, + * but it can also be 0 or more than 1. + * + * At the beginning of decoding or encoding, the codec might accept multiple + * input frames/packets without returning a frame, until its internal buffers + * are filled. This situation is handled transparently if you follow the steps + * outlined above. + * + * In theory, sending input can result in EAGAIN - this should happen only if + * not all output was received. You can use this to structure alternative decode + * or encode loops other than the one suggested above. For example, you could + * try sending new input on each iteration, and try to receive output if that + * returns EAGAIN. + * + * End of stream situations. These require "flushing" (aka draining) the codec, + * as the codec might buffer multiple frames or packets internally for + * performance or out of necessity (consider B-frames). + * This is handled as follows: + * - Instead of valid input, send NULL to the avcodec_send_packet() (decoding) + * or avcodec_send_frame() (encoding) functions. This will enter draining + * mode. + * - Call avcodec_receive_frame() (decoding) or avcodec_receive_packet() + * (encoding) in a loop until AVERROR_EOF is returned. The functions will + * not return AVERROR(EAGAIN), unless you forgot to enter draining mode. + * - Before decoding can be resumed again, the codec has to be reset with + * avcodec_flush_buffers(). + * + * Using the API as outlined above is highly recommended. But it is also + * possible to call functions outside of this rigid schema. For example, you can + * call avcodec_send_packet() repeatedly without calling + * avcodec_receive_frame(). In this case, avcodec_send_packet() will succeed + * until the codec's internal buffer has been filled up (which is typically of + * size 1 per output frame, after initial input), and then reject input with + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). Once it starts rejecting input, you have no choice but to + * read at least some output. + * + * Not all codecs will follow a rigid and predictable dataflow; the only + * guarantee is that an AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value on a send/receive call on + * one end implies that a receive/send call on the other end will succeed, or + * at least will not fail with AVERROR(EAGAIN). In general, no codec will + * permit unlimited buffering of input or output. + * + * This API replaces the following legacy functions: + * - avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4(): + * Use avcodec_send_packet() to feed input to the decoder, then use + * avcodec_receive_frame() to receive decoded frames after each packet. + * Unlike with the old video decoding API, multiple frames might result from + * a packet. For audio, splitting the input packet into frames by partially + * decoding packets becomes transparent to the API user. You never need to + * feed an AVPacket to the API twice (unless it is rejected with AVERROR(EAGAIN) - then + * no data was read from the packet). + * Additionally, sending a flush/draining packet is required only once. + * - avcodec_encode_video2()/avcodec_encode_audio2(): + * Use avcodec_send_frame() to feed input to the encoder, then use + * avcodec_receive_packet() to receive encoded packets. + * Providing user-allocated buffers for avcodec_receive_packet() is not + * possible. + * - The new API does not handle subtitles yet. + * + * Mixing new and old function calls on the same AVCodecContext is not allowed, + * and will result in undefined behavior. + * + * Some codecs might require using the new API; using the old API will return + * an error when calling it. All codecs support the new API. + * + * A codec is not allowed to return AVERROR(EAGAIN) for both sending and receiving. This + * would be an invalid state, which could put the codec user into an endless + * loop. The API has no concept of time either: it cannot happen that trying to + * do avcodec_send_packet() results in AVERROR(EAGAIN), but a repeated call 1 second + * later accepts the packet (with no other receive/flush API calls involved). + * The API is a strict state machine, and the passage of time is not supposed + * to influence it. Some timing-dependent behavior might still be deemed + * acceptable in certain cases. But it must never result in both send/receive + * returning EAGAIN at the same time at any point. It must also absolutely be + * avoided that the current state is "unstable" and can "flip-flop" between + * the send/receive APIs allowing progress. For example, it's not allowed that + * the codec randomly decides that it actually wants to consume a packet now + * instead of returning a frame, after it just returned AVERROR(EAGAIN) on an + * avcodec_send_packet() call. + * @} + *) + +(** + * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures. + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities, + * allocating core structures, etc. + * @ + *) + +(** + * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream. + * The principle is roughly: + * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams. + * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams. + * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation + * details. + * + * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that + * 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI), + * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs + * + * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec + * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version. + *) +type + PAVCodecID = ^TAVCodecID; + TAVCodecID = ( + AV_CODEC_ID_NONE, + + //* video codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding + AV_CODEC_ID_H261, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV10, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV20, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB, + AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263P, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263I, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_H264, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP3, + AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAM, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV30, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV40, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3, + AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_AASC, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_NUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP5, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_GIF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGI, + AV_CODEC_ID_C93, + AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID, + AV_CODEC_ID_PTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TXD, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_VB, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCX, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5, + AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_RL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124, + AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_BFI, + AV_CODEC_ID_CMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TQI, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210X, + AV_CODEC_ID_TMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210, + AV_CODEC_ID_DPX, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS, + AV_CODEC_ID_R210, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 = AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_YOP, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5, + AV_CODEC_ID_R10K, + AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH, + AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES, + AV_CODEC_ID_JV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DFA, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY, + AV_CODEC_ID_V410, + AV_CODEC_ID_XWD, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP9, + AV_CODEC_ID_AIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130, + AV_CODEC_ID_G2M, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP, + AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_EXR, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP7, + AV_CODEC_ID_SANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_HAP, + AV_CODEC_ID_DDS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXV, + AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC, + + AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P = $8000, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP, + AV_CODEC_ID_012V, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI, + AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216, + AV_CODEC_ID_V308, + AV_CODEC_ID_V408, + AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN, + AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA, + AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE, + AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_APNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT, + AV_CODEC_ID_M101, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_YLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_PSD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_AV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVG, + AV_CODEC_ID_GDV, + AV_CODEC_ID_FITS, + + //* various PCM "codecs" */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = $10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = $10000, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF, + AV_CODEC_ID_S302M, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR, + + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE = $10800, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE, + + //* various ADPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = $11000, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC = $11800, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF, + + //* AMR */ + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = $12000, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB, + + //* RealAudio codecs*/ + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = $13000, + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288, + + //* various DPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = $14000, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM, + + AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM = $14800, + AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM, + + //* audio codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = $15000, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3 + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DTS, + AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format + AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2, + AV_CODEC_ID_COOK, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH, + AV_CODEC_ID_TTA, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7, + AV_CODEC_ID_MLP, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, { as found in WAV } + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_APE, + AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P, + AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT, + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_CELT, + AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1, + AV_CODEC_ID_G729, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RALF, + AV_CODEC_ID_IAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS, + AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CODEC2, + + AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = $15800, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS, + AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_4GV, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_DST, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL, + AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E, + AV_CODEC_ID_APTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_APTX_HD, + AV_CODEC_ID_SBC, + + //* subtitle codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = $17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = $17000, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text + AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SSA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRT, + AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD = $17800, + AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608, + AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI, + AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_STL, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER, + AV_CODEC_ID_PJS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASS, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE, + + //* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = $18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = $18000, + + AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program stream. + AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT = $18800, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDF, + AV_CODEC_ID_OTF, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3, + AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA, + + AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = $19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it + + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = $20000, (**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS + * stream (only used by libavformat) *) + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = $20001, (**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems + * stream (only used by libavformat) *) + AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = $21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information. + AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = $21001 ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket + ); + +type + TCodecType = TAVMediaType; + +const + CODEC_TYPE_UNKNOWN = AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN; + CODEC_TYPE_VIDEO = AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO; + CODEC_TYPE_AUDIO = AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO; + CODEC_TYPE_DATA = AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA; + CODEC_TYPE_SUBTITLE = AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE; + CODEC_TYPE_ATTACHMENT = AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT; + CODEC_TYPE_NB = AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB; + +(** + * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an + * AVCodecID. + * @see avcodec_descriptor_get() + *) +type + + (** + * AVProfile. + *) + PAVProfile = ^TAVProfile; + TAVProfile = record + profile: cint; + name: {const} PAnsiChar; ///< short name for the profile + end; {TAVProfile} + + PAVCodecHWConfig = ^TAVCodecHWConfig; + TAVCodecHWConfig = record + (** + * A hardware pixel format which the codec can use. + *) + pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; + (** + * Bit set of AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_* flags, describing the possible + * setup methods which can be used with this configuration. + *) + methods: cint; + (** + * The device type associated with the configuration. + * + * Must be set for AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX and + * AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX, otherwise unused. + *) + device_type: pointer; {TAVHWDeviceType} + end; {TAVCodecHWConfig} + + PAVCodecDescriptor = ^TAVCodecDescriptor; + TAVCodecDescriptor = record + id: TAVCodecID; + type_: TAVMediaType; + (** + * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and + * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric + * characters and '_' only. + *) + name: PAnsiChar; + (** + * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL. + *) + long_name: PAnsiChar; + (** + * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags. + *) + props: cint; + + (** + * MIME type(s) associated with the codec. + * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types. + * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type. + *) + mime_types: PAnsiChar; + + (** + * If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec. + * Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN. + *) + profiles: PAVProfile; + end; + +const +(** + * Codec uses only intra compression. + * Video and audio codecs only. + *) + AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY = 1 << 0; +(** + * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only. + * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless + * compression modes + *) + AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY = 1 << 1; +(** + * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only. + *) + AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS = 1 << 2; +(** + * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which + * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the + * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding + * frames. + * + * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be + * equal. + *) + AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER = 1 << 3; +(** + * Subtitle codec is bitmap based + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field. + *) + AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB = 1 << 16; +(** + * Subtitle codec is text based. + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field. + *) + AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB = 1 << 17; + +(** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding. + * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read + * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.
+ * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged + * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault. + *) + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE = 64; + +(** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + * minimum encoding buffer size. + * Used to avoid some checks during header writing. + *) + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE = 16384; + +type + +(** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + *) + TAVDiscard = ( + (* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some + * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). + *) + AVDISCARD_NONE = -16, ///< discard nothing + AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi + AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference + AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames + AVDISCARD_NONINTRA= 24, ///< discard all non intra frames + AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes + AVDISCARD_ALL = 48 ///< discard all + ); + +{ removed, kept for the moment + TAVColorPrimaries = ( + AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, + AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above + AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, + AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 + AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI + ); + + TAVColorTransferCharacteristic = ( + AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 + AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7, + AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt( 10 ) : 1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4 + AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC) + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10 bit system + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12 bit system + AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI + ); + +(** + * X X 3 4 X X are luma samples, + * 1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions + * X X 5 6 X 0 is undefined/unknown position + *) + TAVChromaLocation = ( + AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< mpeg2/4, h264 default + AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< mpeg1, jpeg, h263 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< DV + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6, + AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI + ); +} + TAVAudioServiceType =( + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB ///< Not part of ABI + ); + +(** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + *) + PRcOverride = ^TRcOverride; + TRcOverride = record {16} + start_frame: cint; + end_frame: cint; + qscale: cint; // if this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead + quality_factor: cfloat; + end; + +const +(* encoding support + These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization. + Note: Not everything is supported yet. +*) + +(** + * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned + * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping). + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED = $0001; // (1 << 0) +(** + * Use fixed qscale. + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE = $0002; // (1 << 1) +(** + * 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263. + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV = $0004; // (1 << 2) +(** + * Output even those frames that might be corrupted. + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT = $0008; // (1 << 3) +(** + * Use qpel MC. + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL = $0010; // (1 << 4) +(** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode. + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 = $0200; // (1 << 9) +(** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode. + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 = $0400; // (1 << 10) +(** + * loop filter. + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER = $0800; // (1 << 11) +(** + * Only decode/encode grayscale. + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY = $2000; // (1 << 13) +(** + * error[?] variables will be set during encoding. + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR = $8000; // (1 << 15) +(** + * Input bitstream might be truncated at a random location + * instead of only at frame boundaries. + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED = $10000; // (1 << 16) +(** + * Use interlaced DCT. + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT = $40000; // (1 << 18) +(** + * Force low delay. + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY = $80000; // (1 << 19) +(** + * Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe. + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER = $400000; // (1 << 22) +(** + * Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT). + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT = $800000; // (1 << 23) +(* Fx : Flag for H.263+ extra options *) +(** + * H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED = $1000000; // (1 << 24) +(** + * interlaced motion estimation + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME = $20000000; // (1 << 29) + AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP = $80000000; // (1U << 31) + +(** + * Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks. + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST = $0001; // (1 << 0) +(** + * Skip bitstream encoding. + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT = $0004; // (1 << 2) +(** + * Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata. + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER = $0008; // (1 << 3) + +(** + * timecode is in drop frame format. DEPRECATED!!!! + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE = $2000; // (1 << 13) + +(** + * Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries + * instead of only at frame boundaries. + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS = $8000; // (1 << 15) +(** + * Discard cropping information from SPS. + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP = $10000; // (1 << 16) + +(** + * Show all frames before the first keyframe + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL = $400000; // (1 << 22) +(** + * Export motion vectors through frame side data + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS = $10000000; // (1 << 28) +(** + * Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL = $20000000; // (1 << 29) +(** + * Do not reset ASS ReadOrder field on flush (subtitles decoding) + *) + AV_CODEC_FLAG2_RO_FLUSH_NOOP = $40000000; + +(* Unsupported options : + * Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC) + * Reference Picture Selection + * Independent Segment Decoding *) +(* /Fx *) +(* codec capabilities *) + +(** + * Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback. + *) + AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND = $0001; // (1 << 0) +(** + * Codec uses get_buffer() for allocating buffers and supports custom allocators. + * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() at all or use operations that + * assume the buffer was allocated by avcodec_default_get_buffer. + *) + AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 = $0002; // (1 << 1) + AV_CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED = $0008; // (1 << 3) +(** + * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to + * give the complete and correct output. + * + * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with + * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode + * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec + * unless this flag is set. + * + * Decoders: + * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer + * returns frames. + * + * Encoders: + * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the + * encoder no longer returns data. + * + * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this + * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for + * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will + * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame. + *) + AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY = $0020; // (1 << 5) +(** + * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size. + * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples. + *) + AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME = $0040; // (1 << 6) + +(** + * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket + * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do + * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames. + * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a + * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming + * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus + * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like + * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered + * as a last resort. + *) + AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES = $0100; // (1 << 8) +(** + * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * encoders + *) + AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL = $0200; // (1 << 9) +(** + * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container + *) + AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF = $0400; // (1 << 10) +(** + * Codec supports frame-level multithreading. + *) + AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS = $1000; // (1 << 12) +(** + * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading. + *) + AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS = $2000; // (1 << 13) +(** + * Codec supports changed parameters at any point. + *) + AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE = $4000; // (1 << 14) +(** + * Codec supports avctx->thread_count == 0 (auto). + *) + AV_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS = $8000; // (1 << 15) +(** + * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call. + *) + AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE = $10000; // (1 << 16) +(** + * Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing. + * This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing. + * It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder, + * or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about + * the stream. + * A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort + * choice for probing. + *) + AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING = $20000; // (1 << 17) + +(** + * Codec is intra only. + *) + AV_CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY = $40000000; +(** + * Codec is lossless. + *) + AV_CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS = $80000000; + +(** + * Codec is backed by a hardware implementation. Typically used to + * identify a non-hwaccel hardware decoder. For information about hwaccels, use + * avcodec_get_hw_config() instead. + *) + AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE = $40000; + +(** + * Codec is potentially backed by a hardware implementation, but not + * necessarily. This is used instead of AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE, if the + * implementation provides some sort of internal fallback. + *) + AV_CODEC_CAP_HYBRID = $80000; + +(** Note bits 24-31 are reserved for codec specific use (H.264 ref0, MPEG-1 0mv, ...) *) + +(** + * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later. + *) + AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF = 1 << 0; + + FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT = -1; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT} + FF_PRED_LEFT = 0; + FF_PRED_PLANE = 1; + FF_PRED_MEDIAN = 2; +{$ENDIF} + + FF_CMP_SAD = 0; + FF_CMP_SSE = 1; + FF_CMP_SATD = 2; + FF_CMP_DCT = 3; + FF_CMP_PSNR = 4; + FF_CMP_BIT = 5; + FF_CMP_RD = 6; + FF_CMP_ZERO = 7; + FF_CMP_VSAD = 8; + FF_CMP_VSSE = 9; + FF_CMP_NSSE = 10; + FF_CMP_W53 = 11; + FF_CMP_W97 = 12; + FF_CMP_DCTMAX = 13; + FF_CMP_DCT264 = 14; + FF_CMP_MEDIAN_SAD = 15; + FF_CMP_CHROMA = 256; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_QUANT_BIAS} + FF_DEFAULT_QUANT_BIAS = 999999; +{$ENDIF} + + SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER = $0001; ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display + SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD = $0002; ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG-2 field pics) + SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE = $0004; ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1) + + FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE = 0; ///< uses mb_cmp + FF_MB_DECISION_BITS = 1; ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits + FF_MB_DECISION_RD = 2; ///< rate distortion + +{$IFDEF FF_API_CODER_TYPE} + FF_CODER_TYPE_VLC = 0; + FF_CODER_TYPE_AC = 1; + FF_CODER_TYPE_RAW = 2; + FF_CODER_TYPE_RLE = 3; +{$ENDIF} + FF_BUG_AUTODETECT = 1; ///< autodetection + FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE = 4; + FF_BUG_UMP4 = 8; + FF_BUG_NO_PADDING = 16; + FF_BUG_AMV = 32; + FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA = 64; + FF_BUG_STD_QPEL = 128; + FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 = 256; + FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE = 512; + FF_BUG_EDGE = 1024; + FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA = 2048; + FF_BUG_DC_CLIP = 4096; + FF_BUG_MS = 8192; ///< workaround various bugs in microsofts broken decoders + FF_BUG_TRUNCATED = 16384; + FF_BUG_IEDGE = 32768; + + FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT = 2; ///< strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software + FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT = 1; ///< strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences + FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL = 0; + FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL = -1; ///< Allow unofficial extensions + FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL = -2; ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things. + + FF_EC_GUESS_MVS = 1; + FF_EC_DEBLOCK = 2; + FF_EC_FAVOR_INTER = 256; + + FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO = 1; + FF_DEBUG_RC = 2; + FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM = 4; + FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE = 8; + FF_DEBUG_QP = 16; +{$IFDEF FF_API_DEBUG_MV} +(** + * @deprecated this option does nothing + *) + FF_DEBUG_MV = 32; +{$ENDIF} + FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF = $00000040; + FF_DEBUG_SKIP = $00000080; + FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE = $00000100; + FF_DEBUG_ER = $00000400; + FF_DEBUG_MMCO = $00000800; + FF_DEBUG_BUGS = $00001000; +{$IFDEF FF_API_DEBUG_MV} + FF_DEBUG_VIS_QP = $00002000; + FF_DEBUG_VIS_MB_TYPE = $00004000; +{$ENDIF} + FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS = $00008000; + FF_DEBUG_THREADS = $00010000; + FF_DEBUG_GREEN_MD = $00800000; + FF_DEBUG_NOMC = $01000000; + + FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR = $00000001; // visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames + FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR = $00000002; // visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames + FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK = $00000004; // visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames + +(** + * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or + * decoded data, depending on the codec) and print an error message on mismatch. + * If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the + * decoder returning an error. + *) + AV_EF_CRCCHECK = 1; + AV_EF_BITSTREAM = 2; ///< detect bitstream specification deviations + AV_EF_BUFFER = 4; ///< detect improper bitstream length + AV_EF_EXPLODE = 8; ///< abort decoding on minor error detection + + AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR = 32768; ///< ignore errors and continue + AV_EF_CAREFUL = 65536; ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors + AV_EF_COMPLIANT = 131072; ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors + AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE = 262144; ///< consider things that a sane encoder should not do as an error + + FF_DCT_AUTO = 0; + FF_DCT_FASTINT = 1; + FF_DCT_INT = 2; + FF_DCT_MMX = 3; + FF_DCT_MLIB = 4; + FF_DCT_ALTIVEC = 5; + FF_DCT_FAAN = 6; + + FF_IDCT_AUTO = 0; + FF_IDCT_INT = 1; + FF_IDCT_SIMPLE = 2; + FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX = 3; + FF_IDCT_ARM = 7; + FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC = 8; + FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM = 10; + FF_IDCT_XVID = 14; + FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE= 16; + FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 = 17; + FF_IDCT_FAAN = 20; + FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON = 22; + FF_IDCT_NONE = 24; (* Used by XvMC to extract IDCT coefficients with FF_IDCT_PERM_NONE *) + FF_IDCT_SIMPLEAUTO = 128; + + FF_THREAD_FRAME = 1; ///< Decode more than one frame at once + FF_THREAD_SLICE = 2; ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once + + FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN = -99; + FF_PROFILE_RESERVED = -100; + + FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN = 0; + FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW = 1; + FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR = 2; + FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP = 3; + FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE = 4; + FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 = 28; + FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD = 22; + FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD = 38; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW = 128; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE = 131; + + FF_PROFILE_DNXHD = 0; + FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB = 1; + FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ = 2; + FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ = 3; + FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX = 4; + FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_444 = 5; + + FF_PROFILE_DTS = 20; + FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES = 30; + FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 = 40; + FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA = 50; + FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA = 60; + FF_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS = 70; + + FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 = 0; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH = 1; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS = 2; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE = 3; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN = 4; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE= 5; + + FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED = (1 shl 9); // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag + FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA = (1 shl 11); // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag + + FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE = 66; + FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE = (66 or FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED); + FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN = 77; + FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED = 88; + FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH = 100; + FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 = 110; + FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA = (110 or FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA); + FF_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH = 118; + FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 = 122; + FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA = (122 or FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA); + FF_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH = 128; + FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 = 144; + FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE = 244; + FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA = (244 or FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA); + FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 = 44; + + FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE = 0; + FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN = 1; + FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX = 2; + FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED = 3; + + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE = 0; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE = 1; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE = 2; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN = 3; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT = 4; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE = 5; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION = 6; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE = 7; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID = 8; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME = 9; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE = 10; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING = 11; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE = 12; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE = 13; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO = 14; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE = 15; + + FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 = 1; + FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 = 2; + FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION = 32768; + FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K = 3; + FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K = 4; + + FF_PROFILE_VP9_0 = 0; + FF_PROFILE_VP9_1 = 1; + FF_PROFILE_VP9_2 = 2; + FF_PROFILE_VP9_3 = 3; + + FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN = 1; + FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 = 2; + FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE = 3; + FF_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT = 4; + + FF_PROFILE_AV1_MAIN = 0; + FF_PROFILE_AV1_HIGH = 1; + FF_PROFILE_AV1_PROFESSIONAL = 2; + + FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_BASELINE_DCT = 192; + FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_EXTENDED_SEQUENTIAL_DCT = 193; + FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_PROGRESSIVE_DCT = 194; + FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_LOSSLESS = 195; + FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_JPEG_LS = 247; + + FF_PROFILE_SBC_MSBC = 1; + + + FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN = -99; + +type + + (** + * This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It + * roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD + * parameters for H.264/HEVC. + *) + PAVCPBProperties = ^TAVCPBProperties; + TAVCPBProperties = record + (** + * Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + *) + max_bitrate: cint; + (** + * Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + *) + min_bitrate: cint; + (** + * Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + *) + avg_bitrate: cint; + + (** + * The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + *) + buffer_size: cint; + + (** + * The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with + * is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz + * clock. + * + * UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified. + *) + vbv_delay: cuint64; + end; {TAVCPBProperties} + + TAVPacketSideDataType = ( + (** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE + * bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is + * present. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE, + + (** + * The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format + * that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should + * act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side + * data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current + * frame or packet. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA, + + (** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le param_flags + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT) + * s32le channel_count + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT) + * u64le channel_layout + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE) + * s32le sample_rate + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS) + * s32le width + * s32le height + * @endcode + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE, + + (** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of + * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the + * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190). + * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks, + * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller + * than the target payload size. + * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet + * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock + * u8 GOB number + * u16le macroblock address within the GOB + * u8 horizontal MV predictor + * u8 vertical MV predictor + * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3 + * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3 + * @endcode + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO, + + (** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains + * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + + (** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for + * correct presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + + (** + * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains + * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D, + + (** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds + * to enum AVAudioServiceType. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + + (** + * This side data contains quality related information from the encoder. + * @code + * u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad). + * u8 picture type + * u8 error count + * u16 reserved + * u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in and output + * @endcode + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS, + + (** + * This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index + * of a "fallback" track. A fallback track indicates an alternate + * track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason. + * e.g. no decoder available for codec. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK, + + (** + * This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES, + + (** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, + + (** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that + * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV + * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used. + * @code + * u8 selected channels (0=mail/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both) + * @endcode + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO, + + (** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA, + + (** + * Subtitle event position + * @code + * u32le x1 + * u32le y1 + * u32le x2 + * u32le y2 + * @endcode + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION, + + (** + * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is + * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data + * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed + * by data. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL, + + (** + * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER, + + (** + * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately + * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS, + + (** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This + * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE, + + (** + * MPEGTS stream ID, this is required to pass the stream ID + * information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID, + + (** + * Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata + * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form + * of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, + + (** + * This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds + * to the AVSphericalMapping structure. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL, + + (** + * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be + * associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the + * AVContentLightMetadata struct. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, + + (** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with + * a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVPacketSideData.data. + * The number of bytes of CC data is AVPacketSideData.size. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC, + + (** + * This side data is encryption initialization data. + * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_init_info_* methods to + * access. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INIT_INFO, + + /** + * This side data contains encryption info for how to decrypt the packet. + * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_info_* methods to access. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INFO, + + /** + * The number of side data types. + * This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may + * change when new side data types are added. + * This must stay the last enum value. + * If its value becomes huge, some code using it + * needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_NB + ); + + PAVPacketSideData = ^TAVPacketSideData; + TAVPacketSideData = record + data: PByte; + size: cint; + type_: TAVPacketSideDataType; + end; + +(** + * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers + * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and + * then passed to muxers. + * + * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may + * contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty + * packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data + * (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding). + * + * AVPacket is one of the few structs in FFmpeg, whose size is a part of public + * ABI. Thus it may be allocated on stack and no new fields can be added to it + * without libavcodec and libavformat major bump. + * + * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field. + * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is + * valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the + * reference count to 0. + * + * If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead + * of increasing the reference count. + * + * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by + * av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref(). + * + * @see av_packet_ref + * @see av_packet_unref + *) + PPAVPacket= ^PAVPacket; + PAVPacket = ^TAVPacket; + TAVPacket = record + (** + * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is + * stored. + * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted. + *) + buf: PAVBufferRef; + (* + * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before + * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse + * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps + * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket. + *) + pts: cint64; + (* + * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the packet is decompressed. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + *) + dts: cint64; + data: PByteArray; + size: cint; + stream_index: cint; + (** + * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values + *) + flags: cint; + (** + * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container. + * Packet can contain several types of side information. + *) + side_data: PAVPacketSideData; + side_data_elems: cint; + + (* + * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order. + *) + duration: cint64; + + pos: cint64; // byte position in stream, -1 if unknown + +{$IFDEF FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION} + (* + * @deprecated Same as the duration field, but as int64_t. This was required + * for Matroska subtitles, whose duration values could overflow when the + * duration field was still an int. + *) + convergence_duration: cint64; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + end; {TAVPacket} + +const + AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY = $0001; ///< The packet contains a keyframe + AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT = $0002; ///< The packet content is corrupted + (** + * Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid + * decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped + * after decoding. + **) + AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD = $0004; + (** + * The packet comes from a trusted source. + * + * Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data + * outside the packet may be followed. + *) + AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED = $0008; + (** + * Flag is used to indicate packets that contain frames that can + * be discarded by the decoder. I.e. Non-reference frames. + *) + AV_PKT_FLAG_DISPOSABLE = $0010; + + AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS = 8; + + AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR = AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS; //DEPRECATED + +type + AVSideDataParamChangeFlags = ( + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = $0001, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = $0002, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = $0004, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = $0008 + ); + +{ This is removed in avcodec.h. For the time being (2013) only commented +const + FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM = 1; + FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE = 2; +} + + +{ This is removed in avcodec.h. For the time being (2013) only commented +(** + * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data. + * + * AVFrame must be allocated using avcodec_alloc_frame() and freed with + * avcodec_free_frame(). Note that this allocates only the AVFrame itself. The + * buffers for the data must be managed through other means. + * + * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold + * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a + * decoder). In such a case, avcodec_get_frame_defaults() should be used to + * reset the frame to its original clean state before it is reused again. + * + * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + * Similarly fields that are marked as to be only accessed by + * av_opt_ptr() can be reordered. This allows 2 forks to add fields + * without breaking compatibility with each other. + *) + PAVFrame = ^TAVFrame; + TAVFrame = record + (** + * pointer to the picture/channel planes. + * This might be different from the first allocated byte + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: set by AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + *) + data: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of pbyte; + + (** + * Size, in bytes, of the data for each picture/channel plane. + * + * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel + * plane must be the same size. + * + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: set by AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + *) + linesize: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of cint; + + (** + * pointers to the data planes/channels. + * + * For video, this should simply point to data[]. + * + * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and + * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. + * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] + * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. + * + * Note: Both data and extended_data will always be set by get_buffer(), + * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data, + * extended_data must be used by the decoder in order to access all + * channels. + * + * encoding: set by user + * decoding: set by AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + *) + extended_data: pointer of pbyte; + + (** + * width and height of the video frame + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + width, height: cint; + + (** + * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + *) + nb_samples: cint; + + (** + * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset + * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames, + * enum AVSampleFormat for audio) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + format: cint; + + (** + * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + key_frame: cint; + + (** + * Picture type of the frame, see ?_TYPE below. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. for coded_picture (and set by user for input). + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + pict_type: TAVPictureType; + + (** + * pointer to the first allocated byte of the picture. Can be used in get_buffer/release_buffer. + * This isn't used by libavcodec unless the default get/release_buffer() is used. + * - encoding: + * - decoding: + *) + base: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of pbyte; + + (** + * sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + sample_aspect_ratio: TAVRational; + + (** + * presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user) + * If AV_NOPTS_VALUE then frame_rate = 1/time_base will be assumed. + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + pts: cint64; + + (** + * pts copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + pkt_pts: cint64; + + (** + * dts copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + pkt_dts: cint64; + + (** + * picture number in bitstream order + * - encoding: set by + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + coded_picture_number: cint; + + (** + * picture number in display order + * - encoding: set by + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + display_picture_number: cint; + + (** + * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad)) + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. for coded_picture (and set by user for input). + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + quality: cint; + + (** + * is this picture used as reference + * The values for this are the same as the MpegEncContext.picture_structure + * variable, that is 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame/both fields. + * Set to 4 for delayed, non-reference frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (before get_buffer() call)). + *) + reference: cint; + + (** + * QP table + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + qscale_table: PShortint; + + (** + * QP store stride + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + qstride: cint; + + (** + * + *) + qscale_type: cint; + + (** + * mbskip_table[mb]>=1 if MB didn't change + * stride= mb_width = (width+15)>>4 + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + mbskip_table: pbyte; + + (** + * motion vector table + * @code + * example: + * int mv_sample_log2= 4 - motion_subsample_log2; + * int mb_width= (width+15)>>4; + * int mv_stride= (mb_width << mv_sample_log2) + 1; + * motion_val[direction][x + y*mv_stride][0->mv_x, 1->mv_y]; + * @endcode + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + //int16_t (*motion_val[2])[2]; + motion_val: array [0..1] of pointer; + + (** + * macroblock type table + * mb_type_base + mb_width + 2 + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + mb_type: PCuint; + + (** + * DCT coefficients + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + dct_coeff: PsmallInt; + + (** + * motion reference frame index + * the order in which these are stored can depend on the codec. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + ref_index: array [0..1] of PShortint; + + (** + * for some private data of the user + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + opaque: pointer; + + (** + * error + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. if flags&CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. + * - decoding: unused + *) + error: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of cuint64; + + (** + * type of the buffer (to keep track of who has to deallocate data[*]) + * - encoding: Set by the one who allocates it. + * - decoding: Set by the one who allocates it. + * Note: User allocated (direct rendering) & internal buffers cannot coexist currently. + *) + type_: cint; + + (** + * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed. + * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + repeat_pict: cint; + + (** + * The content of the picture is interlaced. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (default 0) + *) + interlaced_frame: cint; + + (** + * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + top_field_first: cint; + + (** + * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame. + * - encoding: ??? (no palette-enabled encoder yet) + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (default 0). + *) + palette_has_changed: cint; + + (** + * codec suggestion on buffer type if != 0 + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (before get_buffer() call)). + *) + buffer_hints: cint; + + (** + * Pan scan. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + pan_scan: PAVPanScan; + + (** + * reordered opaque 64bit number (generally a PTS) from AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque + * PTS but can be anything). + * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at + * that time, + * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque + * @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + reordered_opaque: cint64; + + (** + * hardware accelerator private data (FFmpeg allocated) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + *) + hwaccel_picture_private: pointer; + + (** + * the AVCodecContext which ff_thread_get_buffer() was last called on + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + owner: PAVCodecContext; + + (** + * used by multithreading to store frame-specific info + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + thread_opaque: pointer; + + (** + * log2 of the size of the block which a single vector in motion_val represents: + * (4->16x16, 3->8x8, 2-> 4x4, 1-> 2x2) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + motion_subsample_log2: cuint8; + + (** + * Sample rate of the audio data. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: read by user + *) + sample_rate: cint; + + (** + * Channel layout of the audio data. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: read by user. + *) + channel_layout: cuint64; + + (** + * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + *) + best_effort_timestamp: cint64; + + (** + * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_pkt_pos(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + pkt_pos: cint64; + + (** + * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in + * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_pkt_duration(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + pkt_duration: cint64; + + (** + * metadata. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_metadata(frame) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + metadata: PAVDictionary; + + (** + * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of + * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there + * were errors during the decoding. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_decode_error_flags(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + *) + decode_error_flags: cint; + + (** + * number of audio channels, only used for audio. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_channels(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + channels: cint; + + (** + * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed + * frame. It must be accessed using av_frame_get_pkt_size() and + * av_frame_set_pkt_size(). + * It is set to a negative value if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + *) + pkt_size: cint; + end; (** TAVFrame **) + +(** + * Accessors for some AVFrame fields. + * The position of these field in the structure is not part of the ABI, + * they should not be accessed directly outside libavcodec. + *) +function av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(frame: {const PAVFrame): cint64; + cdecl; external av__codec; +procedure av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64); + cdecl; external av__codec; +function av_frame_get_pkt_duration (frame: {const PAVFrame): cint64; + cdecl; external av__codec; +procedure av_frame_get_pkt_duration (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64); + cdecl; external av__codec; +function av_frame_get_pkt_pos (frame: {const PAVFrame): cint64; + cdecl; external av__codec; +procedure av_frame_get_pkt_pos (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64); + cdecl; external av__codec; +function av_frame_get_channel_layout (frame: {const PAVFrame): cint64; + cdecl; external av__codec; +procedure av_frame_get_channel_layout (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64); + cdecl; external av__codec; +function av_frame_get_channels (frame: {const PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; +procedure av_frame_set_channels (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; +function av_frame_get_sample_rate (frame: {const PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; +procedure av_frame_set_sample_rate (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; +function av_frame_get_metadata (frame: {const PAVFrame): PAVDictionary; + cdecl; external av__codec; +procedure av_frame_set_metadata (frame: PAVFrame; val: PAVDictionary); + cdecl; external av__codec; +function av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (frame: {const PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; +procedure av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; +function av_frame_get_pkt_size(frame: {const PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; +procedure av_frame_set_pkt_size(frame: PAVFrame; val: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; +} + +type + TAVCodecInternal = record + end; + + PAVCodecInternal = ^TAVCodecInternal; + PAVCodecContext = ^TAVCodecContext; + + PAVClass = ^TAVClass; + + PPAVCodec = ^PAVCodec; + PAVCodec = ^TAVCodec; + + // int[4] + PAVNDPArray = ^TAVNDPArray; + TAVNDPArray = array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of cint; + // int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg) + TExecuteFunc = function(c2: PAVCodecContext; arg: Pointer): cint; cdecl; + // int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr) + TExecute2Func = function(c2: PAVCodecContext; arg: Pointer; jobnr: cint; threadnr: cint): cint; cdecl; + + TAVFieldOrder = ( + AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN, + AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE, + AV_FIELD_TT, //< Top coded_first, top displayed first + AV_FIELD_BB, //< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_TB, //< Top coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_BT //< Bottom coded first, top displayed first + ); + + PMpegEncContext = ^TMpegEncContext; + // To be expanded if needed. + TMpegEncContext = record + end; + +(** + * @defgroup lavc_hwaccel AVHWAccel + * + * @note Nothing in this structure should be accessed by the user. At some + * point in future it will not be externally visible at all. + * + * @{ + *) + PAVHWAccel = ^TAVHWAccel; + TAVHWAccel = record + (** + * Name of the hardware accelerated codec. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + *) + name: PAnsiChar; + + (** + * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AVMediaType_xxx + *) + type_: TAVMediaType; + + (** + * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx + *) + id: TAVCodecID; + + (** + * Supported pixel format. + * + * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here. + *) + pix_fmt: PAVPixelFormat; + + (** + * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities. + * see AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_* + *) + capabilities: cint; + + (***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + *) + + (** + * Allocate a custom buffer + *) + alloc_frame: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext; frame: PAVFrame): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture. + * + * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * The only exception is XvMC, that works on MB level. + * + * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0. + * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the frame data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + *) + start_frame: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext; + buf: {const} PByteArray; + buf_size: cuint): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Callback for parameter data (SPS/PPS/VPS etc). + * + * Useful for hardware decoders which keep persistent state about the + * video parameters, and need to receive any changes to update that state. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param type the nal unit type + * @param buf the nal unit data buffer + * @param buf_size the size of the nal unit in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + *) + decode_params: function(avctx: PAVCodecContext; type_: cint; buf: Pcuint8 {const}; buf_size: cuint32): PCint; + + (** + * Callback for each slice. + * + * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the slice data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + *) + decode_slice: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext; + buf: {const} PByteArray; + buf_size: cuint): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Called at the end of each frame or field picture. + * + * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent + * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + *) + end_frame: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Size of per-frame hardware accelerator private data. + * + * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before + * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after + * AVCodecContext.release_buffer(). + *) + frame_priv_data_size: cint; + + (** + * Called for every Macroblock in a slice. + * + * XvMC uses it to replace the mpv_reconstruct_mb(). + * Instead of decoding to raw picture, MB parameters are + * stored in an array provided by the video driver. + * + * @param s the mpeg context + *) + decode_mb: procedure(s: PMpegEncContext); cdecl; + + (** + * Initialize the hwaccel private data. + * + * This will be called from ff_get_format(), after hwaccel and + * hwaccel_context are set and the hwaccel private data in AVCodecInternal + * is allocated. + *) + init: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Uninitialize the hwaccel private data. + * + * This will be called from get_format() or avcodec_close(), after hwaccel + * and hwaccel_context are already uninitialized. + *) + uninit: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Size of the private data to allocate in + * AVCodecInternal.hwaccel_priv_data. + *) + priv_data_size: cint; + + (** + * Internal hwaccel capabilities. + *) + caps_internal: cint; + + (** + * Fill the given hw_frames context with current codec parameters. Called + * from get_format. Refer to avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters() for + * details. + * + * This CAN be called before AVHWAccel.init is called, and you must assume + * that avctx->hwaccel_priv_data is invalid. + *) + frame_params: function(avctx: PAVCodecContext; hw_frames_ctx: PAVBufferRef): Pcint; + end; {TAVHWAccel} + +(** + * main external API structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * You can use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user + * applications. + * The name string for AVOptions options matches the associated command line + * parameter name and can be found in libavcodec/options_table.h + * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C + * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity. + * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*. + *) + TAVCodecContext = record {720} + (** + * information on struct for av_log + * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3 + *) + av_class: PAVClass; + log_level_offset: cint; + + codec_type: TAVMediaType; (* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx *) + codec: PAVCodec; + codec_id: TAVCodecID; (* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx *) + + (** + * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A'). + * This is used to work around some encoder bugs. + * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec. + * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one + * which maximizes the information about the used codec. + * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should + * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new + * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated + * first. + * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used. + * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init. + *) + codec_tag: cuint; + + priv_data: pointer; + + (** + * Private context used for internal data. + * + * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general + * libavcodec functions. + *) + internal: PAVCodecInternal; + + (** + * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + opaque: pointer; + + (** + * the average bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec + * if this info is available in the stream + *) + bit_rate: cint64; + + (** + * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference. + * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2) + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: unused + *) + bit_rate_tolerance: cint; + + (** + * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame. + * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + global_quality: cint; + + (** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + compression_level: cint; + + (** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG_*. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + flags: cint; + + (** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG2_* + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + flags2: cint; + + (** + * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables. + * MJPEG: Huffman tables + * rv10: additional flags + * MPEG-4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here) + * The allocated memory should be AV_FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger + * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream reader. + * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user. + *) + extradata: pbyte; + extradata_size: cint; + + (** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content, + * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be + * identically 1. + * This often, but not always is the inverse of the frame rate or field rate + * for video. 1/time_base is not the average frame rate if the frame rate is not + * constant. + * + * Like containers, elementary streams also can store timestamps, 1/time_base + * is the unit in which these timestamps are specified. + * As example of such codec time base see ISO/IEC 14496-2:2001(E) + * vop_time_increment_resolution and fixed_vop_rate + * (fixed_vop_rate == 0 implies that it is different from the framerate) + * + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: the use of this field for decoding is deprecated. + * Use framerate instead. + *) + time_base: TAVRational; + + (** + * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate. + * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration + * if no telecine is used ... + * + * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2. + *) + ticks_per_frame: cint; + + (** + * Codec delay. + * + * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to + * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec) + * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder + * as specified in the spec would produce. + * + * Video: + * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the + * encoded input. + * + * Audio: + * For encoding, this field is unused (see initial_padding). + * + * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to + * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should + * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point. + * + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + delay: cint; + + (* video only *) + (** + * picture width / height. + * + * @note Those fields may not match the values of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_decode_video2 due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g. + * from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions + * to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + *) + width, height: cint; + + (** + * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when + * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled. + * + * @note Those field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known + * e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + *) + coded_width, coded_height: cint; + + (** + * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + gop_size: cint; + + (** + * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers. + * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better. + * + * @note This field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec while + * parsing the data. + *) + pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; + + (** + * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec + * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not + * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities + * beforehand. + * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs. + * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass + * the data needed for hardware render. + * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to + * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application + * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress + * or mark state. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * @param height the height of the slice + * @param y the y position of the slice + * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame + * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read + *) + draw_horiz_band: procedure (s: PAVCodecContext; + src: {const} PAVFrame; offset: PAVNDPArray; + y: cint; type_: cint; height: cint); cdecl; + + (** + * callback to negotiate the pixelFormat + * @param fmt is the list of formats which are supported by the codec, + * it is terminated by -1 as 0 is a valid format, the formats are ordered by quality. + * The first is always the native one. + * @note The callback may be called again immediately if initialization for + * the selected (hardware-accelerated) pixel format failed. + * @warning Behavior is undefined if the callback returns a value not + * in the fmt list of formats. + * @return the chosen format + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user, if not set the native format will be chosen. + *) + get_format: function (s: PAVCodecContext; fmt: {const} PAVPixelFormat): TAVPixelFormat; cdecl; + + (** + * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames + * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + max_b_frames: cint; + + (** + * qscale factor between IP and B-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + b_quant_factor: cfloat; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT} + (** @deprecated use encoder private options instead *) + b_frame_strategy: cint; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * qscale offset between IP and B-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + b_quant_offset: cfloat; + + (** + * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder. + * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + has_b_frames: cint; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT} + (** @deprecated use encoder private options instead *) + mpeg_quant: cint; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * qscale factor between P- and I-frames + * If > 0 then the last P- frame quantizer will be used (q = lastp_q * factor + offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + i_quant_factor: cfloat; + + (** + * qscale offset between P and I-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + i_quant_offset: cfloat; + + (** + * luminance masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + lumi_masking: cfloat; + + (** + * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + temporal_cplx_masking: cfloat; + + (** + * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + spatial_cplx_masking: cfloat; + + (** + * p block masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + p_masking: cfloat; + + (** + * darkness masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + dark_masking: cfloat; + + (** + * slice count + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user (or 0). + *) + slice_count: cint; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT} + (** @deprecated use encoder private options instead *) + prediction_method: cint; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * slice offsets in the frame in bytes + * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL). + *) + slice_offset: PCint; + + (** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel. + * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + sample_aspect_ratio: TAVRational; + + (** + * motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + me_cmp: cint; + + (** + * subpixel motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + me_sub_cmp: cint; + (** + * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + mb_cmp: cint; + (** + * interlaced DCT comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + ildct_cmp: cint; + + (** + * ME diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + dia_size: cint; + + (** + * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + last_predictor_count: cint; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT} + (** @deprecated use encoder private options instead *) + pre_me: cint; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * motion estimation prepass comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + me_pre_cmp: cint; + + (** + * ME prepass diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + pre_dia_size: cint; + + (** + * subpel ME quality + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + me_subpel_quality: cint; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_AFD} + (** + * DTG active format information (additional aspect ratio + * information only used in DVB MPEG-2 transport streams) + * 0 if not set. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by decoder. + * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of AVSideData + *) + {attribute_deprecated} + dtg_active_format: cint; +{$IFEND} + + (** + * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units + * If 0 then no limit. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + me_range: cint; + + (** + * slice flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + slice_flags: cint; + + (** + * macroblock decision mode + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + mb_decision: cint; + + (** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + intra_matrix: PWord; + + (** + * custom inter quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + inter_matrix: PWord; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT} + (** @deprecated use encoder private options instead *) + scenechange_threshold: cint; {deprecated} + + (** @deprecated use encoder private options instead *) + noise_reduction: cint; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8 + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + *) + intra_dc_precision: cint; + + (** + * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + skip_top: cint; + + (** + * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + skip_bottom: cint; + + (** + * minimum MB Lagrange multiplier + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + mb_lmin: cint; + + (** + * maximum MB Lagrange multiplier + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + mb_lmax: cint; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT} + (** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + *) + me_penalty_compensation: cint; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + bidir_refine: cint; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT} + (** @deprecated use encoder private options instead *) + brd_scale: cint; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * minimum GOP size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + keyint_min: cint; + + (** + * number of reference frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by lavc. + *) + refs: cint; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT} + (** @deprecated use encoder private options instead *) + chromaoffset: cint; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + mv0_threshold: cint; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT} + (** @deprecated use encoder private options instead *) + b_sensitivity: cint; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + *) + color_primaries: TAVColorPrimaries; + + (** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + *) + color_trc: TAVColorTransferCharacteristic; + + (** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + *) + colorspace: TAVColorSpace; + + (** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + *) + color_range: TAVColorRange; + + (** + * This defines the location of chroma samples. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + *) + chroma_sample_location: TAVChromaLocation; + + (** + * Number of slices. + * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized + * decoding. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + *) + slices: cint; + + (** Field order + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + field_order: TAVFieldOrder; + + (* audio only *) + sample_rate: cint; ///< samples per second + channels: cint; ///< number of audio channels + + (** + * audio sample format + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; ///< sample format + + (* The following data should not be initialized. *) + (** + * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame. + * + * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame + * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel. + * May be 0 when the codec has AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then the + * frame size is not restricted. + * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size + *) + frame_size: cint; + + (** + * Frame counter, set by libavcodec. + * + * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far. + * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far. + * + * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in + * an error. + *) + frame_number: cint; ///< audio or video frame number + + (** + * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0 + * Used by some WAV based audio codecs. + *) + block_align: cint; + + (** + * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic") + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + cutoff: cint; + + (** + * Audio channel layout. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + *) + channel_layout: cuint64; + + (** + * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + request_channel_layout: cuint64; + + (** + * Type of service that the audio stream conveys. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + audio_service_type: TAVAudioServiceType; + + (** + * desired sample format + * - encoding: Not used. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Decoder will decode to this format if it can. + *) + request_sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; + + (** + * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data + * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or + * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What + * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel necessary. + * Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API (see description + * of buf[] below). + * + * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is + * called: + * - format + * - width, height (video only) + * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only) + * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in + * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec + * context values, to calculate the required buffer size. + * + * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame: + * - data[] + * - linesize[] + * - extended_data: + * * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this + * callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers + * to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can. + * extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * * otherwise extended_data must point to data + * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each of + * the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. That + * is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not necessarily one + * AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(), + * and av_buffer_ref(). + * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by + * this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more + * buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call + * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by + * some other means. + * + * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target + * CPU. + * + * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2() + * + * Video: + * + * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused + * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec. + * + * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and + * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16. + * + * Some decoders do not support linesizes changing between frames. + * + * If frame multithreading is used and thread_safe_callbacks is set, + * this callback may be called from a different thread, but not from more + * than one at once. Does not need to be reentrant. + * + * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2() + * + * Audio: + * + * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting + * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may, + * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples + * to a smaller value in the output frame. + * + * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and + * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2() + * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and + * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio + * since all planes must be the same size. + * + * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays() + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + *) + get_buffer2: function (s: PAVCodecContext; frame: PAVFrame; flags: cint): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * If non-zero, the decoded audio and video frames returned from + * avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4() are reference-counted + * and are valid indefinitely. The caller must free them with + * av_frame_unref() when they are not needed anymore. + * Otherwise, the decoded frames must not be freed by the caller and are + * only valid until the next decode call. + * + * This is always automatically enabled if avcodec_receive_frame() is used. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by the caller before avcodec_open2(). + *) + {attribute_deprecated} + refcounted_frames: cint; + + (* - encoding parameters *) + qcompress: cfloat; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0) + qblur: cfloat; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0) + + (** + * minimum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + qmin: cint; + + (** + * maximum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + qmax: cint; + + (** + * maximum quantizer difference between frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + max_qdiff: cint; + + (** + * decoder bitstream buffer size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + rc_buffer_size: cint; + (** + * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + rc_override_count: cint; + rc_override: PRcOverride; + + (** + * maximum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + *) + rc_max_rate: cint64; + + (** + * minimum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + rc_min_rate: cint64; + + (** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, of what can be used without an underflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + *) + rc_max_available_vbv_use: cfloat; + + (** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + *) + rc_min_vbv_overflow_use: cfloat; + + (** + * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + rc_initial_buffer_occupancy: cint; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_CODER_TYPE} + (** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + *) + coder_type: cint; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT} + (** @deprecated use encoder private options instead *) + context_model: cint; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT} + (** @deprecated use encoder private options instead *) + frame_skip_threshold: cint; {deprecated} + + (** @deprecated use encoder private options instead *) + frame_skip_factor: cint; {deprecated} + + (** @deprecated use encoder private options instead *) + frame_skip_exp: cint; {deprecated} + + (** @deprecated use encoder private options instead *) + frame_skip_cmp: cint; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * trellis RD quantization + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + trellis: cint; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT} + (** @deprecated use encoder private options instead *) + min_prediction_order: cint; {deprecated} + + (** @deprecated use encoder private options instead *) + max_prediction_order: cint; {deprecated} + + (** @deprecated use encoder private options instead *) + timecode_frame_start: cint64; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK} + (** + * @deprecated unused + *) + (* The RTP callback: This function is called *) + (* every time the encoder has a packet to send *) + (* Depends on the encoder if the data starts *) + (* with a Start Code (it should) H.263 does. *) + (* mb_nb contains the number of macroblocks *) + (* encoded in the RTP payload *) + rtp_callback: procedure (avctx: PAVCodecContext; data: pointer; + size: cint; mb_nb: cint); cdecl; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT} + rtp_payload_size: cint; {deprecated} (* The size of the RTP payload: the coder will *) + (* do it's best to deliver a chunk with size *) + (* below rtp_payload_size, the chunk will start *) + (* with a start code on some codecs like H.263 *) + (* This doesn't take account of any particular *) + (* headers inside the transmited RTP payload *) +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF FF_API_STAT_BITS} + (* statistics, used for 2-pass encoding *) + mv_bits: cint; {deprecated} + header_bits: cint; {deprecated} + i_tex_bits: cint; {deprecated} + p_tex_bits: cint; {deprecated} + i_count: cint; {deprecated} + p_count: cint; {deprecated} + skip_count: cint; {deprecated} + misc_bits: cint; {deprecated} + + (** @deprecated this field is unused *) + frame_bits: cint; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + *) + stats_out: PAnsiChar; + + (** + * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer + * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here. + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + stats_in: PAnsiChar; + + (** + * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by user + *) + workaround_bugs: cint; + + (** + * strictly follow the standard (MPEG-4, ...). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will + * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower + * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all + * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal, + * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things + * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly + * (=strictly conform to the specs) + *) + strict_std_compliance: cint; + + (** + * error concealment flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + error_concealment: cint; + + (** + * debug + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using AVOptions + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + debug: cint; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_DEBUG_MV} + (** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + debug_mv: cint; +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + err_recognition: cint; + + (** + * opaque 64-bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and + * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + reordered_opaque: cint64; + + (** + * Hardware accelerator in use + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + *) + hwaccel: {const} PAVHWAccel; + + (** + * Hardware accelerator context. + * For some hardware accelerators, a global context needs to be + * provided by the user. In that case, this holds display-dependent + * data FFmpeg cannot instantiate itself. Please refer to the + * FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill this + * is. e.g. for VA API, this is a struct vaapi_context. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + *) + hwaccel_context: pointer; + + (** + * error + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags & AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. + * - decoding: unused + *) + error: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of cuint64; + + (** + * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + dct_algo: cint; + + (** + * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + idct_algo: cint; + + (** + * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv). + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + bits_per_coded_sample: cint; + + (** + * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + *) + bits_per_raw_sample: cint; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_LOWRES} + (** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + lowres: cint; +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF FF_API_CODED_FRAME} + (** + * the picture in the bitstream + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + * + * @deprecated use the quality factor packet side data instead + *) + {attribute_deprecated} + coded_frame: PAVFrame; +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * thread count + * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute() + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + thread_count: cint; + + (** + * Which multithreading methods to use. + * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread, + * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it. + * + * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + *) + thread_type: cint; + + (** + * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + active_thread_type: cint; + + (** + * Set by the client if its custom get_buffer() callback can be called + * from another thread, which allows faster multithreaded decoding. + * draw_horiz_band() will be called from other threads regardless of this setting. + * Ignored if the default get_buffer() is used. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + thread_safe_callbacks: cint; + + (** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * @param count the number of things to execute + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + *) + execute: function (c: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecuteFunc; arg: Pointer; ret: PCint; count: cint; size: cint): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * Also see avcodec_thread_init and e.g. the --enable-pthread configure option. + * @param c context passed also to func + * @param count the number of things to execute + * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func + * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL. + * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1. + * threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no + * two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr. + * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func + * returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + *) + execute2: function (c: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecute2Func; arg2: Pointer; ret: Pcint; count: cint): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + nsse_weight: cint; + + (** + * profile + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + profile: cint; + + (** + * level + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + level: cint; + + (** + * Skip loop filtering for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + skip_loop_filter: TAVDiscard; + + (** + * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + skip_idct: TAVDiscard; + + (** + * Skip decoding for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + skip_frame: TAVDiscard; + + (** + * Header containing style information for text subtitles. + * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS + * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and + * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2()) + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2()) + *) + subtitle_header: Pcuint8; + subtitle_header_size: cint; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_VBV_DELAY} + (** + * VBV delay coded in the last frame (in periods of a 27 MHz clock). + * Used for compliant TS muxing. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused. + * @deprecated this value is now exported as a part of + * AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES packet side data + *) + vbv_delay: cuint64; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT} + (** + * Encoding only and set by default. Allow encoders to output packets + * that do not contain any encoded data, only side data. + * + * Some encoders need to output such packets, e.g. to update some stream + * parameters at the end of encoding. + * + * @deprecated this field disables the default behaviour and + * it is kept only for compatibility. + *) + side_data_only_packets: cint; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * Audio only. The number of "priming" samples (padding) inserted by the + * encoder at the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading + * decoded samples must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio + * without leading padding. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. The timestamps on the output packets are + * adjusted by the encoder so that they always refer to the + * first sample of the data actually contained in the packet, + * including any added padding. E.g. if the timebase is + * 1/samplerate and the timestamp of the first input sample is + * 0, the timestamp of the first output packet will be + * -initial_padding. + *) + initial_padding: cint; + + (** + * - decoding: For codecs that store a framerate value in the compressed + * bitstream, the decoder may export it here. { 0, 1} when + * unknown. + * - encoding: May be used to signal the framerate of CFR content to an + * encoder. + *) + framerate: TAVRational; + + (** + * Nominal unaccelerated pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec before calling get_format() + *) + sw_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; + + (** + * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are. + * - encoding unused. + * - decoding set by user + *) + pkt_timebase: TAVRational; + + (** + * AVCodecDescriptor + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + *) + codec_descriptor: PAVCodecDescriptor; + +{$IFNDEF FF_API_LOWRES} + (** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + lowres: cint; +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * Current statistics for PTS correction. + * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps + * - encoding: unused + *) + pts_correction_num_faulty_pts: cint64; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far + pts_correction_num_faulty_dts: cint64; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far + pts_correction_last_pts: cint64; /// PTS of the last frame + pts_correction_last_dts: cint64; /// DTS of the last frame + + (** + * Character encoding of the input subtitles file. + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + *) + sub_charenc: PAnsiChar; + + (** + * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting + * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance). + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + * - encoding: unused + *) + sub_charenc_mode: cint; + + (** + * Skip processing alpha if supported by codec. + * Note that if the format uses pre-multiplied alpha (common with VP6, + * and recommended due to better video quality/compression) + * the image will look as if alpha-blended onto a black background. + * However for formats that do not use pre-multiplied alpha + * there might be serious artefacts (though e.g. libswscale currently + * assumes pre-multiplied alpha anyway). + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + *) + skip_alpha: cint; + + (** + * Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + *) + seek_preroll: cint; + +{$IFNDEF FF_API_DEBUG_MV} + (** + * debug motion vectors + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + debug_mv: cint; +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: unused. + *) + chroma_intra_matrix: PWord; + + (** + * dump format separator. + * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + dump_separator: Pcuint8; + + (** + * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + *) + codec_whitelist: PAnsiChar; + + (** + * Properties of the stream that gets decoded + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + *) + properties: cuint; + + (** + * Additional data associated with the entire coded stream. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: may be set by libavcodec after avcodec_open2(). + *) + coded_side_data: PAVPacketSideData; + nb_coded_side_data: cint; + + (** + * A reference to the AVHWFramesContext describing the input (for encoding) + * or output (decoding) frames. The reference is set by the caller and + * afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec - it should never be read by + * the caller after being set. + * + * - decoding: This field should be set by the caller from the get_format() + * callback. The previous reference (if any) will always be + * unreffed by libavcodec before the get_format() call. + * + * If the default get_buffer2() is used with a hwaccel pixel + * format, then this AVHWFramesContext will be used for + * allocating the frame buffers. + * + * - encoding: For hardware encoders configured to use a hwaccel pixel + * format, this field should be set by the caller to a reference + * to the AVHWFramesContext describing input frames. + * AVHWFramesContext.format must be equal to + * AVCodecContext.pix_fmt. + * + * This field should be set before avcodec_open2() is called. + *) + hw_frames_ctx: PAVBufferRef; + + (** + * Control the form of AVSubtitle.rects[N]->ass + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + *) + sub_text_format: cint; + + (** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to + * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be + * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original + * audio without any trailing padding. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: unused + *) + trailing_padding: cint; + + (** + * The number of pixels per image to maximally accept. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: set by user + *) + max_pixels: cint64; + + (** + * A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device which will + * be used by a hardware encoder/decoder. The reference is set by the + * caller and afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec. + * + * This should be used if either the codec device does not require + * hardware frames or any that are used are to be allocated internally by + * libavcodec. If the user wishes to supply any of the frames used as + * encoder input or decoder output then hw_frames_ctx should be used + * instead. When hw_frames_ctx is set in get_format() for a decoder, this + * field will be ignored while decoding the associated stream segment, but + * may again be used on a following one after another get_format() call. + * + * For both encoders and decoders this field should be set before + * avcodec_open2() is called and must not be written to thereafter. + * + * Note that some decoders may require this field to be set initially in + * order to support hw_frames_ctx at all - in that case, all frames + * contexts used must be created on the same device. + *) + hw_device_ctx: PAVBufferRef; + + (** + * Bit set of AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags, which affect hardware accelerated + * decoding (if active). + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user (either before avcodec_open2(), or in the + * AVCodecContext.get_format callback) + *) + hwaccel_flags: cint; + + (** + * Video decoding only. Certain video codecs support cropping, meaning that + * only a sub-rectangle of the decoded frame is intended for display. This + * option controls how cropping is handled by libavcodec. + * + * When set to 1 (the default), libavcodec will apply cropping internally. + * I.e. it will modify the output frame width/height fields and offset the + * data pointers (only by as much as possible while preserving alignment, or + * by the full amount if the AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED flag is set) so that + * the frames output by the decoder refer only to the cropped area. The + * crop_* fields of the output frames will be zero. + * + * When set to 0, the width/height fields of the output frames will be set + * to the coded dimensions and the crop_* fields will describe the cropping + * rectangle. Applying the cropping is left to the caller. + * + * @warning When hardware acceleration with opaque output frames is used, + * libavcodec is unable to apply cropping from the top/left border. + * + * @note when this option is set to zero, the width/height fields of the + * AVCodecContext and output AVFrames have different meanings. The codec + * context fields store display dimensions (with the coded dimensions in + * coded_width/height), while the frame fields store the coded dimensions + * (with the display dimensions being determined by the crop_* fields). + *) + apply_cropping: cint; + + (* + * Video decoding only. Sets the number of extra hardware frames which + * the decoder will allocate for use by the caller. This must be set + * before avcodec_open2() is called. + * + * Some hardware decoders require all frames that they will use for + * output to be defined in advance before decoding starts. For such + * decoders, the hardware frame pool must therefore be of a fixed size. + * The extra frames set here are on top of any number that the decoder + * needs internally in order to operate normally (for example, frames + * used as reference pictures). + *) + extra_hw_frames: cint; + end; {TAVCodecContext} + + TAVSubtitleType = ( + SUBTITLE_NONE, + + SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set + + (** + * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations. + *) + SUBTITLE_TEXT, + + (** + * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations. + *) + SUBTITLE_ASS + ); {TAVSubtitleType} + +{$IFDEF FF_API_AVPICTURE} + (** + * @defgroup lavc_picture AVPicture + * + * Functions for working with AVPicture + * @{ + *) + + (** + * Picture data structure. + * + * Up to four components can be stored into it, the last component is + * alpha. + * @deprecated use AVFrame or imgutils functions instead + *) + PAVPicture = ^TAVPicture; + TAVPicture = record + data: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of PByteArray; {deprecated} + linesize: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of cint; {deprecated} ///< number of bytes per line + end; {TAVPicture} +{$ENDIF} + + PPAVSubtitleRect = ^PAVSubtitleRect; + PAVSubtitleRect = ^TAVSubtitleRect; + TAVSubtitleRect = record + x: cint; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + y: cint; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + w: cint; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set + h: cint; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set + nb_colors: cint; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set + +{$IFDEF FF_API_AVPICTURE} + (** + * @deprecated unused + *) + pict: TAVPicture; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + (** + * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle. + * Can be set for text/ass as well once they are rendered. + *) + data: Array [0..4] of PByte; + linesize: Array [0..4] of cint; + + type_: TAVSubtitleType; + + text: PAnsiChar; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text + + (** + * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line. + * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this + * struct. + *) + ass: PAnsiChar; + + flags: cint; + end; {TAVSubtitleRect} + + PPAVSubtitle = ^PAVSubtitle; + PAVSubtitle = ^TAVSubtitle; + TAVSubtitle = record + format: cuint16; (* 0 = graphics *) + start_display_time: cuint32; (* relative to packet pts, in ms *) + end_display_time: cuint32; (* relative to packet pts, in ms *) + num_rects: cuint; + rects: PPAVSubtitleRect; + pts: cint64; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE + end; {TAVSubtitle} + + (** + * This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream. + * + * sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must + * be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with + * avcodec_parameters_free(). + *) + PPAVCodecParameters = ^PAVCodecParameters; + PAVCodecParameters = ^TAVCodecParameters; + TAVCodecParameters = record + (** + * General type of the encoded data. + *) + codec_type: TAVMediaType; + (** + * Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used). + *) + codec_id: TAVCodecID; + (** + * Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC). + *) + codec_tag: cuint32; + + (** + * Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent. + * + * Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by + * avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at + * least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding + * bytes zeroed. + *) + extradata: Pcuint8; + (** + * Size of the extradata content in bytes. + *) + extradata_size: cint; + + (** + * - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat. + * - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat. + *) + format: cint; + + (** + * The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second). + *) + bit_rate: cint64; + + (** + * The number of bits per sample in the codedwords. + * + * This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of + * formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in + * the actual coded bitstream. + * + * This could be for example 4 for ADPCM + * For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample + * Can be 0 + *) + bits_per_coded_sample: cint; + + (** + * This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the + * sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional + * padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample + * to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will + * have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32. + * To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"." + * + * For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar + * Can be 0 + *) + bits_per_raw_sample: cint; + + (** + * Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to. + *) + profile: cint; + level: cint; + + (** + * Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels. + *) + width: cint; + height: cint; + + (** + * Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel + * should have when displayed. + * + * When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be + * set to 0 (the denominator may have any value). + *) + sample_aspect_ratio: TAVRational; + + (** + * Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video. + *) + field_order: TAVFieldOrder; + + (** + * Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics. + *) + color_range: TAVColorRange; + color_primaries: TAVColorPrimaries; + color_trc: TAVColorTransferCharacteristic; + color_space: TAVColorSpace; + chroma_location: TAVChromaLocation; + + (** + * Video only. Number of delayed frames. + *) + video_delay: cint; + + (** + * Audio only. The channel layout bitmask. May be 0 if the channel layout is + * unknown or unspecified, otherwise the number of bits set must be equal to + * the channels field. + *) + channel_layout: cuint64; + (** + * Audio only. The number of audio channels. + *) + channels: cint; + (** + * Audio only. The number of audio samples per second. + *) + sample_rate: cint; + (** + * Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some + * formats. + * + * Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX. + *) + block_align: cint; + (** + * Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be static. + *) + frame_size: cint; + + (** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at + * the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples + * must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading + * padding. + *) + initial_padding: cint; + (** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to + * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be + * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original + * audio without any trailing padding. + *) + trailing_padding: cint; + (** + * Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity. + *) + seek_preroll: cint; + end; {TAVCodecParameters} + +(** + * AVCodec. + *) + TAVCodec = record + (** + * Name of the codec implementation. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective. + *) + name: PAnsiChar; + (** + * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name. + * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + *) + long_name: {const} PAnsiChar; + type_: TAVMediaType; + id: TAVCodecID; + (** + * Codec capabilities. + * see AV_CODEC_CAP_* + *) + capabilities: cint; + supported_framerates: {const} PAVRational; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0} + pix_fmts: {const} PAVPixelFormat; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + supported_samplerates: {const} PCint; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0 + sample_fmts: {const} PAVSampleFormatArray; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + channel_layouts: {const} PCuint64; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0 + max_lowres: byte; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder + priv_class: {const} PAVClass; ///< AVClass for the private context + profiles: {const} PAVProfile; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN} + + (** + * Group name of the codec implementation. + * This is a short symbolic name of the wrapper backing this codec. A + * wrapper uses some kind of external implementation for the codec, such + * as an external library, or a codec implementation provided by the OS or + * the hardware. + * If this field is NULL, this is a builtin, libavcodec native codec. + * If non-NULL, this will be the suffix in AVCodec.name in most cases + * (usually AVCodec.name will be of the form "_"). + *) + wrapper_name: PAnsiChar {const}; + + (***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + *) + priv_data_size: cint; + next: PAVCodec; + (** + * @name Frame-level threading support functions + * @{ + *) + (** + * If defined, called on thread contexts when they are created. + * If the codec allocates writable tables in init(), re-allocate them here. + * priv_data will be set to a copy of the original. + *) + init_thread_copy: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext): Pcint; cdecl; + (** + * Copy necessary context variables from a previous thread context to the current one. + * If not defined, the next thread will start automatically; otherwise, the codec + * must call ff_thread_finish_setup(). + * + * dst and src will (rarely) point to the same context, in which case memcpy should be skipped. + *) + update_thread_context: function (dst: PAVCodecContext; src: {const} PAVCodecContext): cint; cdecl; + (** @} *) + + (** + * Private codec-specific defaults. + *) + defaults: {const} pointer; + + (** + * Initialize codec static data, called from avcodec_register(). + * + * This is not intended for time consuming operations as it is + * run for every codec regardless of that codec being used. + *) + init_static_data: procedure (codec: PAVCodec); cdecl; + + init: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint; cdecl; + encode_sub: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext; buf: PByteArray; buf_size: cint; + sub: {const} PAVSubtitle): cint; cdecl; + (** + * Encode data to an AVPacket. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket (may contain a user-provided buffer) + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw data to be encoded + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr encoder sets to 0 or 1 to indicate that a + * non-empty packet was returned in avpkt. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + *) + encode2: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext; avpkt: PAVPacket; frame: {const} PAVFrame; + got_packet_ptr: Pcint): cint; cdecl; + decode: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext; outdata: pointer; var outdata_size: cint; avpkt: PAVPacket): cint; cdecl; + close: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint; cdecl; + (** + * Encode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. The API is the + * same as the avcodec_ prefixed APIs (avcodec_send_frame() etc.), except + * that: + * - never called if the codec is closed or the wrong type, + * - if AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY is not set, drain frames are never sent, + * - only one drain frame is ever passed down, + *) + send_frame: function(avctx: PAVCodecContext; frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint; cdecl; + receive_packet: function(avctx: PAVCodecContext; avpkt: PAVPacket): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Decode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. This function is called + * to get one output frame. It should call ff_decode_get_packet() to obtain + * input data. + *) + receive_frame: function(avctx: PAVCodecContext; frame: PAVFrame): cint; cdecl; + (** + * Flush buffers. + * Will be called when seeking + *) + flush: procedure (avctx: PAVCodecContext); cdecl; + (** + * Internal codec capabilities. + * See FF_CODEC_CAP_* in internal.h + *) + caps_internal: cint; + + (** + * Decoding only, a comma-separated list of bitstream filters to apply to + * packets before decoding. + *) + bsfs: {const} PAnsiChar; + + (** + * Array of pointers to hardware configurations supported by the codec, + * or NULL if no hardware supported. The array is terminated by a NULL + * pointer. + * + * The user can only access this field via avcodec_get_hw_config(). + *) + //const struct AVCodecHWConfigInternal **hw_configs; + hw_configs: Ppointer {const}; + end; {TAVCodec} + +(** + * Retrieve supported hardware configurations for a codec. + * + * Values of index from zero to some maximum return the indexed configuration + * descriptor; all other values return NULL. If the codec does not support + * any hardware configurations then it will always return NULL. + *) + function avcodec_get_hw_config(codec: PAVCodec {const}; index: cint): PAVCodecHWConfig; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; {const} + +const + (** + * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * codecs + *) + AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL = $0200; + + (** + * Hardware acceleration should be used for decoding even if the codec level + * used is unknown or higher than the maximum supported level reported by the + * hardware driver. + * + * It's generally a good idea to pass this flag unless you have a specific + * reason not to, as hardware tends to under-report supported levels. + *) + AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_IGNORE_LEVEL = (1 << 0); + + (** + * Hardware acceleration can output YUV pixel formats with a different chroma + * sampling than 4:2:0 and/or other than 8 bits per component. + *) + AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_HIGH_DEPTH = (1 << 1); + + (** + * Hardware acceleration should still be attempted for decoding when the + * codec profile does not match the reported capabilities of the hardware. + * + * For example, this can be used to try to decode baseline profile H.264 + * streams in hardware - it will often succeed, because many streams marked + * as baseline profile actually conform to constrained baseline profile. + * + * @warning If the stream is actually not supported then the behaviour is + * undefined, and may include returning entirely incorrect output + * while indicating success. + *) + AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_PROFILE_MISMATCH = (1 << 2); + + FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING = -1; ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, or the codec is bitmap for instance) + FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC = 0; ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself + FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER = 1; ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the decoder, requires iconv + FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_IGNORE = 2; ///< neither convert the subtitles, nor check them for valid UTF-8 + + FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_LOSSLESS = $00000001; + FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_CLOSED_CAPTIONS = $00000002; + FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS = 0; +{$IFDEF FF_API_ASS_TIMING} + FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS_WITH_TIMINGS = 1; +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET} + (** + * Accessors for some AVCodecContext fields. These used to be provided for ABI + * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. + *) + function av_codec_get_pkt_timebase(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext): TAVRational; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + procedure av_codec_set_pkt_timebase(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext; val: TAVRational); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + + function av_codec_get_codec_descriptor(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext): PAVCodecDescriptor; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + procedure av_codec_set_codec_descriptor(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext; desc: {const} PAVCodecDescriptor); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + + function av_codec_get_codec_properties(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext): cuint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_LOWRES} + function av_codec_get_lowres(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + procedure av_codec_set_lowres(avctx: PAVCodecContext; val: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} {FF_API_LOWRES} + + function av_codec_get_seek_preroll(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + procedure av_codec_set_seek_preroll(avctx: PAVCodecContext; val: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET} + function av_codec_get_max_lowres(codec: {const} PAVCodec): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} {FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET} + + function av_codec_get_chroma_intra_matrix(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext): PWord; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + procedure av_codec_set_chroma_intra_matrix(avctx: PAVCodecContext; val: PWord); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} {FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET} + +(** + * @ + *) + +const + AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED = $00000001; + +(** + * Iterate over all registered codecs. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered codec or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + *) +function av_codec_iterate(opaque: pointer): PAVCodec; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_NEXT} +(** + * If c is NULL, returns the first registered codec, + * if c is non-NULL, returns the next registered codec after c, + * or NULL if c is the last one. + *) +function av_codec_next(c: {const} PAVCodec): PAVCodec; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant. + *) +function avcodec_version(): cuint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration. + *) +function avcodec_configuration(): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Return the libavcodec license. + *) +function avcodec_license(): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_NEXT} +(** + * Register the codec codec and initialize libavcodec. + * + * @warning either this function or avcodec_register_all() must be called + * before any other libavcodec functions. + * + * @see avcodec_register_all() + *) +procedure avcodec_register(codec: PAVCodec); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * Register all the codecs, parsers and bitstream filters which were enabled at + * configuration time. If you do not call this function you can select exactly + * which formats you want to support, by using the individual registration + * functions. + * + * @see register_avcodec + * @see avcodec_register + * @see av_register_codec_parser + * @see av_register_bitstream_filter + *) +procedure avcodec_register_all(); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The + * resulting struct should be freed with avcodec_free_context(). + * + * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults + * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2() + * with a different codec. + * + * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure. + *) +function avcodec_alloc_context3(codec: {const} PAVCodec): PAVCodecContext; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Free the codec context and everything associated with it and write NULL to + * the provided pointer. + *) +procedure avcodec_free_context(var avctx: PAVCodecContext); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS} +(** + * @deprecated This function should not be used, as closing and opening a codec + * context multiple time is not supported. A new codec context should be + * allocated for each new use. + *) +procedure avcodec_get_context_defaults3(s: PAVCodecContext; codec: {const} PAVCodec); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + *) +function avcodec_get_class(): {const} PAVClass; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT} +(** + * Get the AVClass for AVFrame. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + *) +function avcodec_get_frame_class(): {const} PAVClass; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + *) +function avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(): {const} PAVClass; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Copy the settings of the source AVCodecContext into the destination + * AVCodecContext. The resulting destination codec context will be + * unopened, i.e. you are required to call avcodec_open2() before you + * can use this AVCodecContext to decode/encode video/audio data. + * + * @param dest target codec context, should be initialized with + * avcodec_alloc_context3(), but otherwise uninitialized + * @param src source codec context + * @return AVERROR() on error (e.g. memory allocation error), 0 on success + * + * @deprecated The semantics of this function are ill-defined and it should not + * be used. If you need to transfer the stream parameters from one codec context + * to another, use an intermediate AVCodecParameters instance and the + * avcodec_parameters_from_context() / avcodec_parameters_to_context() + * functions. + *) +function avcodec_copy_context(dest: PAVCodecContext; src: {const} PAVCodecContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values + * (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with + * avcodec_parameters_free(). + *) +function avcodec_parameters_alloc(): PAVCodecParameters; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and + * write NULL to the supplied pointer. + *) +procedure avcodec_parameters_free(par: PPAVCodecParameters); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and + * replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + *) +function avcodec_parameters_copy(dst: PAVCodecParameters; src: {const} PAVCodecParameters): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Fill the parameters struct based on the values from the supplied codec + * context. Any allocated fields in par are freed and replaced with duplicates + * of the corresponding fields in codec. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + *) +function avcodec_parameters_from_context(par: PAVCodecParameters; + codec: {const} PAVCodecContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Fill the codec context based on the values from the supplied codec + * parameters. Any allocated fields in codec that have a corresponding field in + * par are freed and replaced with duplicates of the corresponding field in par. + * Fields in codec that do not have a counterpart in par are not touched. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + *) +function avcodec_parameters_to_context(codec: PAVCodecContext; + par: {const} PAVCodecParameters): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this + * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3(). + * + * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(), + * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for + * retrieving a codec. + * + * @warning This function is not thread safe! + * + * @note Always call this function before using decoding routines (such as + * @ref avcodec_receive_frame()). + * + * @code + * avcodec_register_all(); + * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0); + * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); + * if (!codec) + * exit(1); + * + * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); + * + * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0) + * exit(1); + * @endcode + * + * @param avctx The context to initialize. + * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been + * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or + * for this context, then this parameter MUST be either NULL or + * equal to the previously passed codec. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private options. + * On return this object will be filled with options that were not found. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error + * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(), + * av_dict_set(), av_opt_find(). + *) +function avcodec_open2(avctx: PAVCodecContext; codec: {const} PAVCodec; options: PPAVDictionary): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it + * (but not the AVCodecContext itself). + * + * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free + * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() with a non-NULL + * codec. Subsequent calls will do nothing. + * + * @note Do not use this function. Use avcodec_free_context() to destroy a + * codec context (either open or closed). Opening and closing a codec context + * multiple times is not supported anymore -- use multiple codec contexts + * instead. + *) +function avcodec_close(avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct. + * + * @param sub AVSubtitle to free. + *) +procedure avsubtitle_free(sub: PAVSubtitle); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @} + *) + +(** + * @addtogroup lavc_packet + * @{ + *) + +(** + * Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_packet_free(). + * + * @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet. + * + * @see av_new_packet + *) +function av_packet_alloc(): PAVPacket; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Create a new packet that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error. + * + * @see av_packet_alloc + * @see av_packet_ref + *) +function av_packet_clone(src: {const} PAVPacket): PAVPacket; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + * @note passing NULL is a no-op. + *) +procedure av_packet_free(pkt: PPAVPacket); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(* + * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values. + * + * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be + * initialized separately. + * + * @param pkt packet + *) +procedure av_init_packet(var pkt: TAVPacket); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(* + * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with + * default values. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size wanted payload size + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + *) +function av_new_packet(pkt: PAVPacket; size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(* + * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size new size + *) +procedure av_shrink_packet(pkt: PAVPacket; size: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet + *) +function av_grow_packet(pkt: PAVPacket; grow_by: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data. + * + * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size, + * buf and destruct fields, all others are left untouched. + * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this + * function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer. + * The caller may not access the data through other means. + * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer + * size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + *) +function av_packet_from_data(pkt: PAVPacket; data: PByte; size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API} +(* + * @warning This is a hack - the packet memory allocation stuff is broken. The + * packet is allocated if it was not really allocated. + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref or av_packet_make_refcounted + *) +function av_dup_packet(pkt: PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Copy packet, including contents + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref + *) +function av_copy_packet(dst: PAVPacket; src: {const} PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * Copy packet side data + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_copy_props + *) +function av_copy_packet_side_data(dst: PAVPacket; src: {const} PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(* + * Free a packet. + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_unref + * + * @param pkt packet to free + *) +procedure av_free_packet(pkt: PAVPacket); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * Allocate new information of a packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size side information size + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + *) +function av_packet_new_side_data(pkt: PAVPacket; type_: TAVPacketSideDataType; + size: cint): PByte; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Wrap an existing array as a packet side data. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() + * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to + * pkt. + * @param size side information size + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on + * failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains + * owned by the caller. + *) +function av_packet_add_side_data(pkt: PAVPacket; type_: TAVPacketSideDataType; + data: Pcuint8; size: size_t): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size new side information size + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + *) +function av_packet_shrink_side_data(pkt: PAVPacket; type_: TAVPacketSideDataType; + size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Get side information from packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional) + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + *) +function av_packet_get_side_data(pkt: {const} PAVPacket; type_: TAVPacketSideDataType; + size: Pcint): PByte; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_MERGE_SD_API} +function av_packet_merge_side_data(pkt: PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +function av_packet_split_side_data(pkt: PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +function av_packet_side_data_name(type_: TAVPacketSideDataType): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data. + * + * @param dict The dictionary to pack. + * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data + * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise + *) +function av_packet_pack_dictionary(dict: PAVDictionary; size: PCuint): PByte; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Unpack a dictionary from side_data. + * + * @param data data from side_data + * @param size size of the data + * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + *) +function av_packet_unpack_dictionary(data: {const} PByte; size: cint; dict: PPAVDictionary): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Convenience function to free all the side data stored. + * All the other fields stay untouched. + * + * @param pkt packet + *) +procedure av_packet_free_side_data(pkt: PAVPacket); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet + * + * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the + * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the + * data from src into it. + * + * All the other fields are copied from src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param dst Destination packet + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + *) +function av_packet_ref(dst: PAVPacket; src: {const} PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Wipe the packet. + * + * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the + * remaining packet fields to their default values. + * + * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced. + *) +procedure av_packet_unref(pkt: PAVPacket); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Move every field in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param src Source packet, will be reset + * @param dst Destination packet + *) +procedure av_packet_move_ref(dst: PAVPacket; src: PAVPacket); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst. + * + * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields + * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size) + * + * @param dst Destination packet + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure. + * + *) +function av_packet_copy_props(dst: PAVPacket; src: {const} PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Ensure the data described by a given packet is reference counted. + * + * @note This function does not ensure that the reference will be writable. + * Use av_packet_make_writable instead for that purpose. + * + * @see av_packet_ref + * @see av_packet_make_writable + * + * @param pkt packet whose data should be made reference counted. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On failure, the + * packet is unchanged. + *) +function av_packet_make_refcounted(pkt: PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Create a writable reference for the data described by a given packet, + * avoiding data copy if possible. + * + * @param pkt Packet whose data should be made writable. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. On failure, the + * packet is unchanged. + *) +function av_packet_make_writable(pkt: PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one + * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be + * ignored. + * + * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed + * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are + * expressed + * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be + * converted + *) +procedure av_packet_rescale_ts(pkt: PAVPacket; tb_src, tb_dst: TAVRational); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @ + *) + +(** + * @addtogroup lavc_decoding + * @ + *) + +(** + * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id CodecID of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + *) +function avcodec_find_decoder(id: TAVCodecID): PAVCodec; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Find a registered decoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + *) +function avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(name: PAnsiChar): PAVCodec; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so + * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set. + *) +function avcodec_default_get_buffer2(s: PAVCodecContext; frame: PAVFrame; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal + * padding. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + *) +procedure avcodec_align_dimensions(s: PAVCodecContext; width: PCint; height: PCint); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Modifiy width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all + * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i]. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + *) +procedure avcodec_align_dimensions2(s: PAVCodecContext; width: PCint; height: PCint; + linesize_align: PAVNDPArray); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into frame. + * + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket. Such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame and the return value would be + * less than the packet size. In this case, avcodec_decode_audio4 has to be + * called again with an AVPacket containing the remaining data in order to + * decode the second frame, etc... Even if no frames are returned, the packet + * needs to be fed to the decoder with remaining data until it is completely + * consumed or an error occurs. + * + * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input + * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately + * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get + * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets + * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops + * returning samples. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not + * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no samples will be returned. + * + * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE + * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream + * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] frame The AVFrame in which to store decoded audio samples. + * The decoder will allocate a buffer for the decoded frame by + * calling the AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is + * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the + * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref() + * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write + * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned + * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the + * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the + * decoder. The caller may not write to it. + * @param[out] got_frame_ptr Zero if no frame could be decoded, otherwise it is + * non-zero. Note that this field being set to zero + * does not mean that an error has occurred. For + * decoders with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY set, no given decode + * call is guaranteed to produce a frame. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + * At least avpkt->data and avpkt->size should be set. Some + * decoders might also require additional fields to be set. + * @return A negative error code is returned if an error occurred during + * decoding, otherwise the number of bytes consumed from the input + * AVPacket is returned. + * + * @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame(). + *) +function avcodec_decode_audio4(avctx: PAVCodecContext; frame: PAVFrame; + got_frame_ptr: Pcint; avpkt: PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * Decode the video frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into picture. + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame. + * + * @warning The input buffer must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than + * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64 + * bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @warning The end of the input buffer buf should be set to 0 to ensure that + * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams. + * + * @note Codecs which have the AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set have a delay + * between input and output, these need to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] picture The AVFrame in which the decoded video frame will be stored. + * Use av_frame_alloc() to get an AVFrame. The codec will + * allocate memory for the actual bitmap by calling the + * AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is + * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the + * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref() + * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write + * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned + * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the + * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the + * decoder. The caller may not write to it. + * + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + * You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting + * data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields like + * flags&AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY. All decoders are designed to use the least + * fields possible. + * @param[in,out] got_picture_ptr Zero if no frame could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes + * used or zero if no frame could be decompressed. + * + * @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame(). + *) +function avcodec_decode_video2(avctx: PAVCodecContext; picture: PAVFrame; + var got_picture_ptr: cint; + avpkt: {const} PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(* + * Decode a subtitle message. + * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used. + * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero. + * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub. + * Note that AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for + * simplicity, because the performance difference is expect to be negligible + * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly + * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern. + * + * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input + * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately + * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get + * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets + * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops + * returning subtitles. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not + * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no subtitles will be returned. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] sub The Preallocated AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored, + * must be freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set. + * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + *) +function avcodec_decode_subtitle2(avctx: PAVCodecContext; sub: PAVSubtitle; + var got_sub_ptr: cint; + avpkt: PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Supply raw packet data as input to a decoder. + * + * Internally, this call will copy relevant AVCodecContext fields, which can + * influence decoding per-packet, and apply them when the packet is actually + * decoded. (For example AVCodecContext.skip_frame, which might direct the + * decoder to drop the frame contained by the packet sent with this function.) + * + * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE + * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream + * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @warning Do not mix this API with the legacy API (like avcodec_decode_video2()) + * on the same AVCodecContext. It will return unexpected results now + * or in future libavcodec versions. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket. Usually, this will be a single video + * frame, or several complete audio frames. + * Ownership of the packet remains with the caller, and the + * decoder will not write to the packet. The decoder may create + * a reference to the packet data (or copy it if the packet is + * not reference-counted). + * Unlike with older APIs, the packet is always fully consumed, + * and if it contains multiple frames (e.g. some audio codecs), + * will require you to call avcodec_receive_frame() multiple + * times afterwards before you can send a new packet. + * It can be NULL (or an AVPacket with data set to NULL and + * size set to 0); in this case, it is considered a flush + * packet, which signals the end of the stream. Sending the + * first flush packet will return success. Subsequent ones are + * unnecessary and will return AVERROR_EOF. If the decoder + * still has frames buffered, it will return them after sending + * a flush packet. + * + * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user + * must read output with avcodec_receive_frame() (once + * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and + * the call will not fail with EAGAIN). + * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been flushed, and no new packets can + * be sent to it (also returned if more than 1 flush + * packet is sent) + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, it is an encoder, or requires flush + * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar + * other errors: legitimate decoding errors + *) +function avcodec_send_packet(avctx: PAVCodecContext; avpkt: {const} PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Return decoded output data from a decoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame This will be set to a reference-counted video or audio + * frame (depending on the decoder type) allocated by the + * decoder. Note that the function will always call + * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else. + * + * @return + * 0: success, a frame was returned + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in this state - user must try + * to send new input + * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been fully flushed, and there will be + * no more output frames + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder + * other negative values: legitimate decoding errors + *) +function avcodec_receive_frame(avctx: PAVCodecContext; frame: PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Supply a raw video or audio frame to the encoder. Use avcodec_receive_packet() + * to retrieve buffered output packets. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio or video frame to be encoded. + * Ownership of the frame remains with the caller, and the + * encoder will not write to the frame. The encoder may create + * a reference to the frame data (or copy it if the frame is + * not reference-counted). + * It can be NULL, in which case it is considered a flush + * packet. This signals the end of the stream. If the encoder + * still has packets buffered, it will return them after this + * call. Once flushing mode has been entered, additional flush + * packets are ignored, and sending frames will return + * AVERROR_EOF. + * + * For audio: + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame + * can have any number of samples. + * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to + * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. + * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. + * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user + * must read output with avcodec_receive_packet() (once + * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and + * the call will not fail with EAGAIN). + * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been flushed, and no new frames can + * be sent to it + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, refcounted_frames not set, it is a + * decoder, or requires flush + * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar + * other errors: legitimate decoding errors + *) +function avcodec_send_frame(avctx: PAVCodecContext; frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Read encoded data from the encoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt This will be set to a reference-counted packet allocated by the + * encoder. Note that the function will always call + * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else. + * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in the current state - user + * must try to send input + * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been fully flushed, and there will be + * no more output packets + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder + * other errors: legitimate decoding errors + *) +function avcodec_receive_packet(avctx: PAVCodecContext; avpkt: PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Create and return a AVHWFramesContext with values adequate for hardware + * decoding. This is meant to get called from the get_format callback, and is + * a helper for preparing a AVHWFramesContext for AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx. + * This API is for decoding with certain hardware acceleration modes/APIs only. + * + * The returned AVHWFramesContext is not initialized. The caller must do this + * with av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * Calling this function is not a requirement, but makes it simpler to avoid + * codec or hardware API specific details when manually allocating frames. + * + * Alternatively to this, an API user can set AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx, + * which sets up AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx fully automatically, and makes + * it unnecessary to call this function or having to care about + * AVHWFramesContext initialization at all. + * + * There are a number of requirements for calling this function: + * + * - It must be called from get_format with the same avctx parameter that was + * passed to get_format. Calling it outside of get_format is not allowed, and + * can trigger undefined behavior. + * - The function is not always supported (see description of return values). + * Even if this function returns successfully, hwaccel initialization could + * fail later. (The degree to which implementations check whether the stream + * is actually supported varies. Some do this check only after the user's + * get_format callback returns.) + * - The hw_pix_fmt must be one of the choices suggested by get_format. If the + * user decides to use a AVHWFramesContext prepared with this API function, + * the user must return the same hw_pix_fmt from get_format. + * - The device_ref passed to this function must support the given hw_pix_fmt. + * - After calling this API function, it is the user's responsibility to + * initialize the AVHWFramesContext (returned by the out_frames_ref parameter), + * and to set AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx to it. If done, this must be done + * before returning from get_format (this is implied by the normal + * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx API rules). + * - The AVHWFramesContext parameters may change every time time get_format is + * called. Also, AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx is reset before get_format. So + * you are inherently required to go through this process again on every + * get_format call. + * - It is perfectly possible to call this function without actually using + * the resulting AVHWFramesContext. One use-case might be trying to reuse a + * previously initialized AVHWFramesContext, and calling this API function + * only to test whether the required frame parameters have changed. + * - Fields that use dynamically allocated values of any kind must not be set + * by the user unless setting them is explicitly allowed by the documentation. + * If the user sets AVHWFramesContext.free and AVHWFramesContext.user_opaque, + * the new free callback must call the potentially set previous free callback. + * This API call may set any dynamically allocated fields, including the free + * callback. + * + * The function will set at least the following fields on AVHWFramesContext + * (potentially more, depending on hwaccel API): + * + * - All fields set by av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(). + * - Set the format field to hw_pix_fmt. + * - Set the sw_format field to the most suited and most versatile format. (An + * implication is that this will prefer generic formats over opaque formats + * with arbitrary restrictions, if possible.) + * - Set the width/height fields to the coded frame size, rounded up to the + * API-specific minimum alignment. + * - Only _if_ the hwaccel requires a pre-allocated pool: set the initial_pool_size + * field to the number of maximum reference surfaces possible with the codec, + * plus 1 surface for the user to work (meaning the user can safely reference + * at most 1 decoded surface at a time), plus additional buffering introduced + * by frame threading. If the hwaccel does not require pre-allocation, the + * field is left to 0, and the decoder will allocate new surfaces on demand + * during decoding. + * - Possibly AVHWFramesContext.hwctx fields, depending on the underlying + * hardware API. + * + * Essentially, out_frames_ref returns the same as av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(), but + * with basic frame parameters set. + * + * The function is stateless, and does not change the AVCodecContext or the + * device_ref AVHWDeviceContext. + * + * @param avctx The context which is currently calling get_format, and which + * implicitly contains all state needed for filling the returned + * AVHWFramesContext properly. + * @param device_ref A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device + * which will be used by the hardware decoder. + * @param hw_pix_fmt The hwaccel format you are going to return from get_format. + * @param out_frames_ref On success, set to a reference to an _uninitialized_ + * AVHWFramesContext, created from the given device_ref. + * Fields will be set to values required for decoding. + * Not changed if an error is returned. + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error. The following error codes + * have special semantics: + * AVERROR(ENOENT): the decoder does not support this functionality. Setup + * is always manual, or it is a decoder which does not + * support setting AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx at all, + * or it is a software format. + * AVERROR(EINVAL): it is known that hardware decoding is not supported for + * this configuration, or the device_ref is not supported + * for the hwaccel referenced by hw_pix_fmt. + *) +function avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters(avctx: PAVCodecContext; + device_ref: PAVBufferRef; + hw_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; + out_frames_ref: PPAVBufferRef): cint; +cdecl; external av__codec; + + +(** + * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing + * @ + *) + +type + TAVPictureStructure = ( + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN, //< unknown + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD, //< coded as top field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, //< coded as bottom field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME //< coded as frame + ); + +const + AV_PARSER_PTS_NB = 4; + PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES = $0001; + PARSER_FLAG_ONCE = $0002; +/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset + PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET = $0004; + PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS = $1000; + +type + (* frame parsing *) + PAVCodecParserContext = ^TAVCodecParserContext; + PAVCodecParser = ^TAVCodecParser; + + TAVCodecParserContext = record + priv_data: pointer; + parser: PAVCodecParser; + frame_offset: cint64; (* offset of the current frame *) + cur_offset: cint64; (* current offset (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) *) + next_frame_offset: cint64; (* offset of the next frame *) + (* video info *) + pict_type: cint; (* XXX: put it back in AVCodecContext *) + (** + * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf. + * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame + * is compared to normal frame duration. + * + * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base + * + * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material. + *) + repeat_pict: cint; (* XXX: put it back in AVCodecContext *) + pts: cint64; (* pts of the current frame *) + dts: cint64; (* dts of the current frame *) + + (* private data *) + last_pts: cint64; + last_dts: cint64; + fetch_timestamp: cint; + + cur_frame_start_index: cint; + cur_frame_offset: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64; + cur_frame_pts: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64; + cur_frame_dts: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64; + + flags: cint; + + offset: cint64; ///< byte offset from starting packet start + cur_frame_end: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64; + + (** + * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames. + * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag, + * old-style fallback using FF_I_TYPE picture type as key frames + * will be used. + *) + key_frame: cint; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION} + (** + * @deprecated unused + *) + convergence_duration: cint64; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + + // Timestamp generation support: + (** + * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation. + * + * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined + * (default). + * + * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period + * SEI message. + *) + dts_sync_point: cint; + + (** + * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in + * units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain a valid timestamp offset. + * + * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero + * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of + * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay. + *) + dts_ref_dts_delta: cint; + + (** + * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame + * must not lie in the past). + * + * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation + * time of the frame. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay. + *) + pts_dts_delta: cint; + + (** + * Position of the packet in file. + * + * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts + *) + cur_frame_pos: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64; + + (** + * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream. + *) + pos: cint64; + + (** + * Previous frame byte position. + *) + last_pos: cint64; + + (** + * Duration of the current frame. + * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate. + * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + *) + duration: cint; + + field_order: TAVFieldOrder; + + (** + * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field. + * + * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag + * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD. + *) + picture_structure: TAVPictureStructure; + + (** + * Picture number incremented in presentation or output order. + * This field may be reinitialized at the first picture of a new sequence. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 PicOrderCnt. + *) + output_picture_number: cint; + + (** + * Dimensions of the decoded video intended for presentation. + *) + width: cint; + height: cint; + + (** + * Dimensions of the coded video. + *) + coded_width: cint; + coded_height: cint; + + (** + * The format of the coded data, corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat for video + * and for enum AVSampleFormat for audio. + * + * Note that a decoder can have considerable freedom in how exactly it + * decodes the data, so the format reported here might be different from the + * one returned by a decoder. + *) + format: cint; + end; {AVCodecParserContext} + + TAVCodecParser = record + codec_ids: array [0..4] of cint; (* several codec IDs are permitted *) + priv_data_size: cint; + parser_init: function(s: PAVCodecParserContext): cint; cdecl; + (* This callback never returns an error, a negative value means that + * the frame start was in a previous packet. *) + parser_parse: function(s: PAVCodecParserContext; + avctx: PAVCodecContext; + poutbuf: {const} PPointer; poutbuf_size: PCint; + buf: {const} PByteArray; buf_size: cint): cint; cdecl; + parser_close: procedure(s: PAVCodecParserContext); cdecl; + split: function(avctx: PAVCodecContext; buf: {const} PByteArray; + buf_size: cint): cint; cdecl; + next: PAVCodecParser; + end; {AVCodecParser} + +(** + * Iterate over all registered codec parsers. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered codec parser or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + *) +function av_parser_iterate(opaque: pointer): PAVCodecParser; + cdecl; external av__codec; {const} + +function av_parser_next(c: {const} PAVCodecParser): PAVCodecParser; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +procedure av_register_codec_parser(parser: PAVCodecParser); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +function av_parser_init(codec_id: cint): PAVCodecParserContext; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Parse a packet. + * + * @param s parser context. + * @param avctx codec context. + * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished. + * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished. + * @param buf input buffer. + * @param buf_size buffer size in bytes without the padding. I.e. the full buffer + size is assumed to be buf_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. + To signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame + can be output). + * @param pts input presentation timestamp. + * @param dts input decoding timestamp. + * @param pos input byte position in stream. + * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used. + * + * Example: + * @code + * while (in_len) do + * begin + * len := av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, data, size, + * in_data, in_len, + * pts, dts, pos); + * in_data := in_data + len; + * in_len := in_len - len; + * + * if (size) then + * decode_frame(data, size); + * end; + * @endcode + *) +function av_parser_parse2(s: PAVCodecParserContext; + avctx: PAVCodecContext; + poutbuf: PPointer; + poutbuf_size: PCint; + buf: {const} PByteArray; + buf_size: cint; + pts: cint64; + dts: cint64; + pos: cint64): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @return 0 if the output buffer is a subset of the input, 1 if it is allocated and must be freed + * @deprecated use AVBitStreamFilter + *) +function av_parser_change(s: PAVCodecParserContext; + avctx: PAVCodecContext; + poutbuf: PPointer; poutbuf_size: PCint; + buf: {const} PByteArray; buf_size: cint; keyframe: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +procedure av_parser_close(s: PAVCodecParserContext); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @} + * @} + *) + +(** + * @addtogroup lavc_encoding + * @{ + *) + +(** + * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + *) +function avcodec_find_encoder(id: TAVCodecID): PAVCodec; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Find a registered encoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + *) +function avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(name: PAnsiChar): PAVCodec; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Encode a frame of audio. + * + * Takes input samples from frame and writes the next output packet, if + * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for + * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay, split, and combine input frames + * internally as needed. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket. + * The user can supply an output buffer by setting + * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the + * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not + * large enough, encoding will fail. If avpkt->data and + * avpkt->size are set, avpkt->destruct must also be set. All + * other AVPacket fields will be reset by the encoder using + * av_init_packet(). If avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will + * allocate it. The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size + * of the output packet. + * + * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be + * freed using av_packet_unref(). + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio data to be encoded. + * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame + * can have any number of samples. + * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to + * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. + * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the + * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is + * empty. If the function returns an error, the + * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the + * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should + * not be used. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead + *) +function avcodec_encode_audio2(avctx: PAVCodecContext; avpkt: PAVPacket; + frame: {const} PAVFrame; got_packet_ptr: Pcint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * Encode a frame of video. + * + * Takes input raw video data from frame and writes the next output packet, if + * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for + * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay and reorder input frames + * internally as needed. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket. + * The user can supply an output buffer by setting + * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the + * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not + * large enough, encoding will fail. All other AVPacket fields + * will be reset by the encoder using av_init_packet(). If + * avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will allocate it. + * The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size of the + * output packet. The returned data (if any) belongs to the + * caller, he is responsible for freeing it. + * + * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be + * freed using av_packet_unref(). + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw video data to be encoded. + * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the + * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is + * empty. If the function returns an error, the + * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the + * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should + * not be used. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead + *) +function avcodec_encode_video2(avctx: PAVCodecContext; avpkt: PAVPacket; + frame: {const} PAVFrame; got_packet_ptr: Pcint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +function avcodec_encode_subtitle(avctx: PAVCodecContext; buf: PByteArray; + buf_size: cint; sub: {const} PAVSubtitle): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @} + *) + +{$IFDEF FF_API_AVPICTURE} +(** + * @addtogroup lavc_picture + * @{ + *) + +(** + * @deprecated unused + *) +function avpicture_alloc (picture: PAVPicture; pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; + width: cint; height: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * @deprecated unused + *) +procedure avpicture_free (picture: PAVPicture); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * @deprecated use av_image_fill_arrays() instead. + *) +function avpicture_fill (picture: PAVPicture; ptr: pcuint8; + pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; width: cint; height: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * @deprecated use av_image_copy_to_buffer() instead. + *) +function avpicture_layout (src: {const} PAVPicture; pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; + width: cint; height: cint; + dest: PByteArray; dest_size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * @deprecated use av_image_get_buffer_size() instead. + *) +function avpicture_get_size (pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; width: cint; height: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * @deprecated av_image_copy() instead. + *) +procedure av_picture_copy(dst: PAVPicture; src: {const} PAVPicture; + pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; width: cint; height: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * @deprecated unused + *) +function av_picture_crop(dst: PAVPicture; src: {const} PAVPicture; + pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; top_band: cint; left_band: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * @deprecated unused + *) +function av_picture_pad(dst: PAVPicture; src: {const} PAVPicture; + height: cint; width: cint; pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; + padtop: cint; padbottom: cint; padleft: cint; + padright: cint; color: PCint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * @} + *) +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding + * (or neither). + * @ + *) + +(** + * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats + * + * Functions for working with pixel formats. + * @ + *) + +{$IFDEF FF_API_GETCHROMA} +(** + * @deprecated Use av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample + *) + +procedure avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample (pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; var h_shift: cint; var v_shift: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the + * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be + * found. + *) +function avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat): cuint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @deprecated see av_get_pix_fmt_loss() + *) +function avcodec_get_pix_fmt_loss (dst_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; src_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; + has_alpha: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel + * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss + * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color + * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from + * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of + * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss. + * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the + * pix_fmt_list parameter. + * + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur. + * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. + *) +function avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(pix_fmt_list: PAVPixelFormat; + src_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; + has_alpha: cint; loss_ptr: Pcint): TAVPixelFormat; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @deprecated see av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() + *) +function avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(dst_pix_fmt1: TAVPixelFormat; dst_pix_fmt2: TAVPixelFormat; + src_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; has_alpha: cint; loss_ptr: Pcint): TAVPixelFormat; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +function avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(dst_pix_fmt1: TAVPixelFormat; dst_pix_fmt2: TAVPixelFormat; + src_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; has_alpha: cint; loss_ptr: Pcint): TAVPixelFormat; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +function avcodec_default_get_format(s: PAVCodecContext; fmt: {const} PAVPixelFormat): TAVPixelFormat; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @} + *) + +{$IFDEF FF_API_TAG_STRING} +(* Put a string representing the codec tag codec_tag in buf. + * + * @param buf buffer to place codec tag in + * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf + * @param codec_tag codec tag to assign + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated if + * enough space had been available, excluding the trailing null + * + * @deprecated see av_fourcc_make_string() and av_fourcc2str(). + *) +function av_get_codec_tag_string(buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: size_t; codec_tag: cuint): size_t; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +procedure avcodec_string(buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint; enc: PAVCodecContext; encode: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + *) +function av_get_profile_name(codec: {const} PAVCodec; profile: cint): {const} PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + * + * @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles + * supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this + * function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor + *) +function avcodec_profile_name(codec_id: TAVCodecID; profile: cint): {const} PChar; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +function avcodec_default_execute(s: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecuteFunc; arg: Pointer; var ret: cint; count: cint; size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +function avcodec_default_execute2(s: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecuteFunc; arg: Pointer; var ret: cint; count: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; +//FIXME func typedef + +(** + * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers. + * + * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough + * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data + * pointers will point to this buffer. + * + * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for + * planar audio. + * + * @param frame the AVFrame + * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the + * function. This function fills in frame->data, + * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0]. + * @param nb_channels channel count + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param buf buffer to use for frame data + * @param buf_size size of buffer + * @param align plane size sample alignment + * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in + * case of success, at the next libavutil bump + *) +function avcodec_fill_audio_frame(frame: PAVFrame; nb_channels: cint; + sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; buf: {const} PByte; + buf_size: cint; align: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Flush buffers, should be called when seeking or when switching to a different stream. + *) +procedure avcodec_flush_buffers(avctx: PAVCodecContext); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + *) +function av_get_bits_per_sample(codec_id: TAVCodecID): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format. + * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big, + * -1 (or anything else) for native + * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE + *) +function av_get_pcm_codec(fmt: TAVSampleFormat; be: cint): TAVCodecID; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an + * approximation. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + *) +function av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(codec_id: TAVCodecID): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Return audio frame duration. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown + * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to + * determine. + *) +function av_get_audio_frame_duration(avctx: PAVCodecContext; frame_bytes: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works + * with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext. + *) +function av_get_audio_frame_duration2(par: PAVCodecParameters; frame_bytes: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +type +{$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_BSF} + PAVBitStreamFilterContext = ^TAVBitStreamFilterContext; + PAVBitStreamFilter = ^TAVBitStreamFilter; + + TAVBitStreamFilterContext = record + priv_data: pointer; + filter: {const} PAVBitStreamFilter; + parser: PAVCodecParserContext; + next: PAVBitStreamFilterContext; + (** + * Internal default arguments, used if NULL is passed to av_bitstream_filter_filter(). + * Not for access by library users. + *) + args: PChar; + end; +{$ENDIF} + + PAVBSFInternal = ^TAVBSFInternal; + TAVBSFInternal = record + end; + + (** + * The bitstream filter state. + * + * This struct must be allocated with av_bsf_alloc() and freed with + * av_bsf_free(). + * + * The fields in the struct will only be changed (by the caller or by the + * filter) as described in their documentation, and are to be considered + * immutable otherwise. + *) + PPAVBSFContext = ^PAVBSFContext; + PAVBSFContext = ^TAVBSFContext; + TAVBSFContext = record + (** + * A class for logging and AVOptions + *) + av_class: {const} PAVClass; + + (** + * The bitstream filter this context is an instance of. + *) + filter: {const} PAVBitStreamFilter; + + (** + * Opaque libavcodec internal data. Must not be touched by the caller in any + * way. + *) + internal: PAVBSFInternal; + + (** + * Opaque filter-specific private data. If filter->priv_class is non-NULL, + * this is an AVOptions-enabled struct. + *) + priv_data: pointer; + + (** + * Parameters of the input stream. This field is allocated in + * av_bsf_alloc(), it needs to be filled by the caller before + * av_bsf_init(). + *) + par_in: PAVCodecParameters; + + (** + * Parameters of the output stream. This field is allocated in + * av_bsf_alloc(), it is set by the filter in av_bsf_init(). + *) + par_out: PAVCodecParameters; + + (** + * The timebase used for the timestamps of the input packets. Set by the + * caller before av_bsf_init(). + *) + time_base_in: TAVRational; + + (** + * The timebase used for the timestamps of the output packets. Set by the + * filter in av_bsf_init(). + *) + time_base_out: TAVRational; + end; {TAVBSFContext} + + TAVBitStreamFilter = record + name: PAnsiChar; + + (** + * A list of codec ids supported by the filter, terminated by + * AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * May be NULL, in that case the bitstream filter works with any codec id. + *) + codec_ids: PAVCodecID; + + (** + * A class for the private data, used to declare bitstream filter private + * AVOptions. This field is NULL for bitstream filters that do not declare + * any options. + * + * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data + * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavcodec generic + * code to this class. + *) + priv_class: PAVClass; + + (***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + *) + + priv_data_size: cint; + init: function(ctx: PAVBSFContext): cint; cdecl; + filter: function(ctx: PAVBSFContext; pkt: PAVPacket): cint; cdecl; + close: procedure(ctx: PAVBSFContext); cdecl; + end; + + PPAVBSFList = ^PAVBSFList; + PAVBSFList = ^TAVBSFList; + TAVBSFList = record + end; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_BSF} +(** + * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) + * is deprecated. Use the new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext). + *) +procedure av_register_bitstream_filter(bsf: PAVBitStreamFilter); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) + * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_get_by_name(), av_bsf_alloc(), and av_bsf_init() + * from the new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext). + *) +function av_bitstream_filter_init(name: {const} PAnsiChar): PAVBitStreamFilterContext; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) + * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_send_packet() and av_bsf_receive_packet() from the + * new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext). + *) +function av_bitstream_filter_filter(bsfc: PAVBitStreamFilterContext; + avctx: PAVCodecContext; args: {const} PAnsiChar; + poutbuf: PPointer; poutbuf_size: PCint; + buf: {const} PByte; buf_size: cint; keyframe: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) + * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_free() from the new bitstream filtering API (using + * AVBSFContext). + *) +procedure av_bitstream_filter_close(bsf: PAVBitStreamFilterContext); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) + * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_iterate() from the new bitstream filtering API (using + * AVBSFContext). + *) +function av_bitstream_filter_next(f: {const} PAVBitStreamFilter): PAVBitStreamFilter; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; {const} +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * @return a bitstream filter with the specified name or NULL if no such + * bitstream filter exists. + *) +function av_bsf_get_by_name(name: {const} PAnsiChar): {const} PAVBitStreamFilter; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Iterate over all registered bitstream filters. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered bitstream filter or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + *) +function av_bsf_iterate(opaque: pointer): PAVBitStreamFilter; + cdecl; external av__codec; {const} +{$IFDEF FF_API_NEXT} +function av_bsf_next(opaque: pointer): {const} PAVBitStreamFilter; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Allocate a context for a given bitstream filter. The caller must fill in the + * context parameters as described in the documentation and then call + * av_bsf_init() before sending any data to the filter. + * + * @param filter the filter for which to allocate an instance. + * @param ctx a pointer into which the pointer to the newly-allocated context + * will be written. It must be freed with av_bsf_free() after the + * filtering is done. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + *) +function av_bsf_alloc(filter: {const} PAVBitStreamFilter; ctx: PPAVBSFContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been + * set. + *) +function av_bsf_init(ctx: PAVBSFContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Submit a packet for filtering. + * + * After sending each packet, the filter must be completely drained by calling + * av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or + * AVERROR_EOF. + * + * @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of + * the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error occurs. + * This parameter may be NULL, which signals the end of the stream (i.e. no more + * packets will be sent). That will cause the filter to output any packets it + * may have buffered internally. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + *) +function av_bsf_send_packet(ctx: PAVBSFContext; pkt: PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Retrieve a filtered packet. + * + * @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered + * packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using + * av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed. + * This parameter should be "clean" (i.e. freshly allocated + * with av_packet_alloc() or unreffed with av_packet_unref()) + * when this function is called. If this function returns + * successfully, the contents of pkt will be completely + * overwritten by the returned data. On failure, pkt is not + * touched. + * + * @return 0 on success. AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more packets need to be sent to the + * filter (using av_bsf_send_packet()) to get more output. AVERROR_EOF if there + * will be no further output from the filter. Another negative AVERROR value if + * an error occurs. + * + * @note one input packet may result in several output packets, so after sending + * a packet with av_bsf_send_packet(), this function needs to be called + * repeatedly until it stops returning 0. It is also possible for a filter to + * output fewer packets than were sent to it, so this function may return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately after a successful av_bsf_send_packet() call. + *) +function av_bsf_receive_packet(ctx: PAVBSFContext; pkt: PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Free a bitstream filter context and everything associated with it; write NULL + * into the supplied pointer. + *) +procedure av_bsf_free(ctx: PPAVBSFContext); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Get the AVClass for AVBSFContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + *) +function av_bsf_get_class(): {const} PAVClass; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Allocate empty list of bitstream filters. + * The list must be later freed by av_bsf_list_free() + * or finalized by av_bsf_list_finalize(). + * + * @return Pointer to @ref AVBSFList on success, NULL in case of failure + *) +function av_bsf_list_alloc(): PAVBSFList; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Free list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst Pointer to pointer returned by av_bsf_list_alloc() + *) +procedure av_bsf_list_free(lst: PPAVBSFList); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Append bitstream filter to the list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst List to append to + * @param bsf Filter context to be appended + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + *) +function av_bsf_list_append(lst: PAVBSFList; bsf: PAVBSFContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Construct new bitstream filter context given it's name and options + * and append it to the list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst List to append to + * @param bsf_name Name of the bitstream filter + * @param options Options for the bitstream filter, can be set to NULL + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + *) +function av_bsf_list_append2(lst: PAVBSFList; bsf_name: {const} Pcchar; options: PPAVDictionary): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Finalize list of bitstream filters. + * + * This function will transform @ref AVBSFList to single @ref AVBSFContext, + * so the whole chain of bitstream filters can be treated as single filter + * freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). + * If the call is successful, @ref AVBSFList structure is freed and lst + * will be set to NULL. In case of failure, caller is responsible for + * freeing the structure by av_bsf_list_free() + * + * @param lst Filter list structure to be transformed + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure + * representing the chain of bitstream filters + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + *) +function av_bsf_list_finalize(lst: PPAVBSFList; bsf: PPAVBSFContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Parse string describing list of bitstream filters and create single + * @ref AVBSFContext describing the whole chain of bitstream filters. + * Resulting @ref AVBSFContext can be treated as any other @ref AVBSFContext freshly + * allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). + * + * @param str String describing chain of bitstream filters in format + * `bsf1[=opt1=val1:opt2=val2][,bsf2]` + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure + * representing the chain of bitstream filters + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + *) +function av_bsf_list_parse_str(str: {const} Pcchar; bsf: PPAVBSFContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Get null/pass-through bitstream filter. + * + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to new instance of pass-through bitstream filter + * + * @return + *) +function av_bsf_get_null_filter(bsf: PPAVBSFContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(* memory *) + +(** + * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional + * FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will will always be 0. + * + * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes + * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear. + *) +procedure av_fast_padded_malloc(ptr: pointer; size: Pcuint; min_size: size_t); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always + * be 0-initialized after call. + *) +procedure av_fast_padded_mallocz(ptr: pointer; size: Pcuint; min_size: size_t); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs. + * + * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long + * @param v size of extradata in bytes + * @return number of bytes written to the buffer. + *) +function av_xiphlacing(s: PByte; v: cuint): cuint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL} +(** + * Register the hardware accelerator hwaccel. + * + * @deprecated This function doesn't do anything. + *) +procedure av_register_hwaccel (hwaccel: PAVHWAccel) + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * If hwaccel is NULL, returns the first registered hardware accelerator, + * if hwaccel is non-NULL, returns the next registered hardware accelerator + * after hwaccel, or NULL if hwaccel is the last one. + * + * @deprecated AVHWaccel structures contain no user-serviceable parts, so + * this function should not be used. + *) +function av_hwaccel_next (hwaccel: {const} PAVHWAccel): PAVHWAccel; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF FF_API_LOCKMGR} +(** + * Lock operation used by lockmgr + * + * @deprecated Deprecated together with av_lockmgr_register(). + *) +type + TAVLockOp = ( + AV_LOCK_CREATE, ///< Create a mutex + AV_LOCK_OBTAIN, ///< Lock the mutex + AV_LOCK_RELEASE, ///< Unlock the mutex + AV_LOCK_DESTROY ///< Free mutex resources + ); + +(** + * Register a user provided lock manager supporting the operations + * specified by AVLockOp. The "mutex" argument to the function points + * to a (void * ) where the lockmgr should store/get a pointer to a user + * allocated mutex. It is NULL upon AV_LOCK_CREATE and equal to the + * value left by the last call for all other ops. If the lock manager is + * unable to perform the op then it should leave the mutex in the same + * state as when it was called and return a non-zero value. However, + * when called with AV_LOCK_DESTROY the mutex will always be assumed to + * have been successfully destroyed. If av_lockmgr_register succeeds + * it will return a non-negative value, if it fails it will return a + * negative value and destroy all mutex and unregister all callbacks. + * av_lockmgr_register is not thread-safe, it must be called from a + * single thread before any calls which make use of locking are used. + * + * @param cb User defined callback. av_lockmgr_register invokes calls + * to this callback and the previously registered callback. + * The callback will be used to create more than one mutex + * each of which must be backed by its own underlying locking + * mechanism (i.e. do not use a single static object to + * implement your lock manager). If cb is set to NULL the + * lockmgr will be unregistered. + * + * @deprecated This function does nothing, and always returns 0. Be sure to + * build with thread support to get basic thread safety. + *) +// ToDo: Implement and test this +//function av_lockmgr_register(cb: function (mutex: Ppointer; op: TAVLockOp)): cint; +// cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Get the type of the given codec. + *) +function avcodec_get_type(codec_id: TAVCodecID): TAVMediaType; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Get the name of a codec. + * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL + *) +function avcodec_get_name(id: TAVCodecID): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it + * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise. + *) +function avcodec_is_open(s: PAVCodecContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise + *) +function av_codec_is_encoder(codec: {const} PAVCodec): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise + *) +function av_codec_is_decoder(codec: {const} PAVCodec): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists. + *) +function avcodec_descriptor_get(id: TAVCodecID): PAVCodecDescriptor; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + *) +function avcodec_descriptor_next(prev: {const} PAVCodecDescriptor): PAVCodecDescriptor; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor + * exists. + *) +function avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(name: {const} PAnsiChar): PAVCodecDescriptor; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default + * values. + * + * @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written + * here. This is useful for embedding it in side data. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + *) +function av_cpb_properties_alloc(size: Psize_t): PAVCPBProperties; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @} + *) + +implementation + +end. diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avformat.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avformat.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b1fcea54 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avformat.pas @@ -0,0 +1,3280 @@ +(* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg. + * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows. + * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT + * in the source codes. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of version 2.0 libavformat/avformat.h + * Version: 56.4.101 + *) + +unit avformat; + +{$IFDEF FPC} + {$MODE DELPHI } + {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) + {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *) +{$ELSE} + {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) +{$ENDIF} + +{$I switches.inc} (* for the HasInline define *) +{$I ff_api-defines.inc} (* FF_API_* defines *) + +{$IFDEF DARWIN} + {$linklib libavformat} +{$ENDIF} + +interface + +uses + ctypes, + avcodec, + avio, + avutil, + rational, + {$IFDEF UNIX} + BaseUnix, + {$ENDIF} + SysUtils, + UConfig; + +const + (* + * IMPORTANT: This headers are valid for all minor revisions of ffmpeg + * version 2.4.* + *) + (* Max. supported version by this header *) + LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR = 58; + LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_MINOR = 20; + LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE = 100; + LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION = (LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) + + (LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) + + (LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE); + + (* Min. supported version by this header *) + LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR = 58; + LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_MINOR = 12; + LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE = 100; + LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION = (LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) + + (LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) + + (LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE); + +(* Check if linked versions are supported *) +{$IF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION)} + {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavformat is too old!'} +{$IFEND} + +(* Check if linked versions are supported *) +{$IF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION > LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION)} + {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavformat is not yet supported!'} +{$IFEND} + +{ +const + LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD = LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT; + LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT = 'Lavf' AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION); +} + +(** + * @defgroup libavf libavformat + * I/O and Muxing/Demuxing Library + * + * Libavformat (lavf) is a library for dealing with various media container + * formats. Its main two purposes are demuxing - i.e. splitting a media file + * into component streams, and the reverse process of muxing - writing supplied + * data in a specified container format. It also has an @ref lavf_io + * "I/O module" which supports a number of protocols for accessing the data (e.g. + * file, tcp, http and others). Before using lavf, you need to call + * av_register_all() to register all compiled muxers, demuxers and protocols. + * Unless you are absolutely sure you won't use libavformat's network + * capabilities, you should also call avformat_network_init(). + * + * A supported input format is described by an AVInputFormat struct, conversely + * an output format is described by AVOutputFormat. You can iterate over all + * registered input/output formats using the av_iformat_next() / + * av_oformat_next() functions. The protocols layer is not part of the public + * API, so you can only get the names of supported protocols with the + * avio_enum_protocols() function. + * + * Main lavf structure used for both muxing and demuxing is AVFormatContext, + * which exports all information about the file being read or written. As with + * most Libavformat structures, its size is not part of public ABI, so it cannot be + * allocated on stack or directly with av_malloc(). To create an + * AVFormatContext, use avformat_alloc_context() (some functions, like + * avformat_open_input() might do that for you). + * + * Most importantly an AVFormatContext contains: + * @li the @ref AVFormatContext.iformat "input" or @ref AVFormatContext.oformat + * "output" format. It is either autodetected or set by user for input; + * always set by user for output. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.streams "array" of AVStreams, which describe all + * elementary streams stored in the file. AVStreams are typically referred to + * using their index in this array. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context". It is either opened by lavf or + * set by user for input, always set by user for output (unless you are dealing + * with an AVFMT_NOFILE format). + * + * @section lavf_options Passing options to (de)muxers + * It is possible to configure lavf muxers and demuxers using the @ref avoptions + * mechanism. Generic (format-independent) libavformat options are provided by + * AVFormatContext, they can be examined from a user program by calling + * av_opt_next() / av_opt_find() on an allocated AVFormatContext (or its AVClass + * from avformat_get_class()). Private (format-specific) options are provided by + * AVFormatContext.priv_data if and only if AVInputFormat.priv_class / + * AVOutputFormat.priv_class of the corresponding format struct is non-NULL. + * Further options may be provided by the @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context", + * if its AVClass is non-NULL, and the protocols layer. See the discussion on + * nesting in @ref avoptions documentation to learn how to access those. + * + * @section urls + * URL strings in libavformat are made of a scheme/protocol, a ':', and a + * scheme specific string. URLs without a scheme and ':' used for local files + * are supported but deprecated. "file:" should be used for local files. + * + * It is important that the scheme string is not taken from untrusted + * sources without checks. + * + * Note that some schemes/protocols are quite powerful, allowing access to + * both local and remote files, parts of them, concatenations of them, local + * audio and video devices and so on. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing + * @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing + * @ + * Demuxers read a media file and split it into chunks of data (@em packets). A + * @ref AVPacket "packet" contains one or more encoded frames which belongs to a + * single elementary stream. In the lavf API this process is represented by the + * avformat_open_input() function for opening a file, av_read_frame() for + * reading a single packet and finally avformat_close_input(), which does the + * cleanup. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_open Opening a media file + * The minimum information required to open a file is its URL, which + * is passed to avformat_open_input(), as in the following code: + * @code + * const char *url = "file:in.mp3"; + * AVFormatContext *s = NULL; + * int ret = avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, NULL); + * if (ret < 0) + * abort(); + * @endcode + * The above code attempts to allocate an AVFormatContext, open the + * specified file (autodetecting the format) and read the header, exporting the + * information stored there into s. Some formats do not have a header or do not + * store enough information there, so it is recommended that you call the + * avformat_find_stream_info() function which tries to read and decode a few + * frames to find missing information. + * + * In some cases you might want to preallocate an AVFormatContext yourself with + * avformat_alloc_context() and do some tweaking on it before passing it to + * avformat_open_input(). One such case is when you want to use custom functions + * for reading input data instead of lavf internal I/O layer. + * To do that, create your own AVIOContext with avio_alloc_context(), passing + * your reading callbacks to it. Then set the @em pb field of your + * AVFormatContext to newly created AVIOContext. + * + * Since the format of the opened file is in general not known until after + * avformat_open_input() has returned, it is not possible to set demuxer private + * options on a preallocated context. Instead, the options should be passed to + * avformat_open_input() wrapped in an AVDictionary: + * @code + * AVDictionary *options = NULL; + * av_dict_set(&options, "video_size", "640x480", 0); + * av_dict_set(&options, "pixel_format", "rgb24", 0); + * + * if (avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, &options) < 0) + * abort(); + * av_dict_free(&options); + * @endcode + * This code passes the private options 'video_size' and 'pixel_format' to the + * demuxer. They would be necessary for e.g. the rawvideo demuxer, since it + * cannot know how to interpret raw video data otherwise. If the format turns + * out to be something different than raw video, those options will not be + * recognized by the demuxer and therefore will not be applied. Such unrecognized + * options are then returned in the options dictionary (recognized options are + * consumed). The calling program can handle such unrecognized options as it + * wishes, e.g. + * @code + * AVDictionaryEntry *e; + * if (e = av_dict_get(options, "", NULL, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Option %s not recognized by the demuxer.\n", e->key); + * abort(); + * } + * @endcode + * + * After you have finished reading the file, you must close it with + * avformat_close_input(). It will free everything associated with the file. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_read Reading from an opened file + * Reading data from an opened AVFormatContext is done by repeatedly calling + * av_read_frame() on it. Each call, if successful, will return an AVPacket + * containing encoded data for one AVStream, identified by + * AVPacket.stream_index. This packet may be passed straight into the libavcodec + * decoding functions avcodec_send_packet() or avcodec_decode_subtitle2() if the + * caller wishes to decode the data. + * + * AVPacket.pts, AVPacket.dts and AVPacket.duration timing information will be + * set if known. They may also be unset (i.e. AV_NOPTS_VALUE for + * pts/dts, 0 for duration) if the stream does not provide them. The timing + * information will be in AVStream.time_base units, i.e. it has to be + * multiplied by the timebase to convert them to seconds. + * + * If AVPacket.buf is set on the returned packet, then the packet is + * allocated dynamically and the user may keep it indefinitely. + * Otherwise, if AVPacket.buf is NULL, the packet data is backed by a + * static storage somewhere inside the demuxer and the packet is only valid + * until the next av_read_frame() call or closing the file. If the caller + * requires a longer lifetime, av_dup_packet() will make an av_malloc()ed copy + * of it. + * In both cases, the packet must be freed with av_packet_unref() when it is no + * longer needed. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_seek Seeking + * @ + * + * @defgroup lavf_encoding Muxing + * @ + * Muxers take encoded data in the form of @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" and write + * it into files or other output bytestreams in the specified container format. + * + * The main API functions for muxing are avformat_write_header() for writing the + * file header, av_write_frame() / av_interleaved_write_frame() for writing the + * packets and av_write_trailer() for finalizing the file. + * + * At the beginning of the muxing process, the caller must first call + * avformat_alloc_context() to create a muxing context. The caller then sets up + * the muxer by filling the various fields in this context: + * + * - The @ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set to select the + * muxer that will be used. + * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOFILE type, the @ref AVFormatContext.pb + * "pb" field must be set to an opened IO context, either returned from + * avio_open2() or a custom one. + * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOSTREAMS type, at least one stream must + * be created with the avformat_new_stream() function. The caller should fill + * the @ref AVStream.codecpar "stream codec parameters" information, such as the + * codec @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_type "type", @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_id + * "id" and other parameters (e.g. width / height, the pixel or sample format, + * etc.) as known. The @ref AVStream.time_base "stream timebase" should + * be set to the timebase that the caller desires to use for this stream (note + * that the timebase actually used by the muxer can be different, as will be + * described later). + * - It is advised to manually initialize only the relevant fields in + * AVCodecParameters, rather than using @ref avcodec_parameters_copy() during + * remuxing: there is no guarantee that the codec context values remain valid + * for both input and output format contexts. + * - The caller may fill in additional information, such as @ref + * AVFormatContext.metadata "global" or @ref AVStream.metadata "per-stream" + * metadata, @ref AVFormatContext.chapters "chapters", @ref + * AVFormatContext.programs "programs", etc. as described in the + * AVFormatContext documentation. Whether such information will actually be + * stored in the output depends on what the container format and the muxer + * support. + * + * When the muxing context is fully set up, the caller must call + * avformat_write_header() to initialize the muxer internals and write the file + * header. Whether anything actually is written to the IO context at this step + * depends on the muxer, but this function must always be called. Any muxer + * private options must be passed in the options parameter to this function. + * + * The data is then sent to the muxer by repeatedly calling av_write_frame() or + * av_interleaved_write_frame() (consult those functions' documentation for + * discussion on the difference between them; only one of them may be used with + * a single muxing context, they should not be mixed). Do note that the timing + * information on the packets sent to the muxer must be in the corresponding + * AVStream's timebase. That timebase is set by the muxer (in the + * avformat_write_header() step) and may be different from the timebase + * requested by the caller. + * + * Once all the data has been written, the caller must call av_write_trailer() + * to flush any buffered packets and finalize the output file, then close the IO + * context (if any) and finally free the muxing context with + * avformat_free_context(). + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_io I/O Read/Write + * @{ + * @section lavf_io_dirlist Directory listing + * The directory listing API makes it possible to list files on remote servers. + * + * Some of possible use cases: + * - an "open file" dialog to choose files from a remote location, + * - a recursive media finder providing a player with an ability to play all + * files from a given directory. + * + * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_open Opening a directory + * At first, a directory needs to be opened by calling avio_open_dir() + * supplied with a URL and, optionally, ::AVDictionary containing + * protocol-specific parameters. The function returns zero or positive + * integer and allocates AVIODirContext on success. + * + * @code + * AVIODirContext *ctx = NULL; + * if (avio_open_dir(&ctx, "smb://example.com/some_dir", NULL) < 0) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open directory.\n"); + * abort(); + * } + * @endcode + * + * This code tries to open a sample directory using smb protocol without + * any additional parameters. + * + * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_read Reading entries + * Each directory's entry (i.e. file, another directory, anything else + * within ::AVIODirEntryType) is represented by AVIODirEntry. + * Reading consecutive entries from an opened AVIODirContext is done by + * repeatedly calling avio_read_dir() on it. Each call returns zero or + * positive integer if successful. Reading can be stopped right after the + * NULL entry has been read -- it means there are no entries left to be + * read. The following code reads all entries from a directory associated + * with ctx and prints their names to standard output. + * @code + * AVIODirEntry *entry = NULL; + * for (;;) { + * if (avio_read_dir(ctx, &entry) < 0) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot list directory.\n"); + * abort(); + * } + * if (!entry) + * break; + * printf("%s\n", entry->name); + * avio_free_directory_entry(&entry); + * } + * @endcode + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_codec Demuxers + * @{ + * @defgroup lavf_codec_native Native Demuxers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_protos I/O Protocols + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + *) + +//type + +(* + * @defgroup metadata_api Public Metadata API + * @ + * @ingroup libavf + * The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client + * application when demuxing. Conversely it allows a client application to + * set metadata when muxing. + * + * Metadata is exported or set as pairs of key/value strings in the 'metadata' + * fields of the AVFormatContext, AVStream, AVChapter and AVProgram structs + * using the @ref lavu_dict "AVDictionary" API. Like all strings in FFmpeg, + * metadata is assumed to be UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata + * exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases. + * + * Important concepts to keep in mind: + * - Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is + * also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce + * several keys that are literally different but semantically identical. + * E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be + * placed in the same tag. + * - Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you + * want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice + * and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address. + * - Several modifiers can be applied to the tag name. This is done by + * appending a dash character ('-') and the modifier name in the order + * they appear in the list below -- e.g. foo-eng-sort, not foo-sort-eng. + * - language -- a tag whose value is localized for a particular language + * is appended with the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code. + * For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike + * The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag. + * A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag. + * - sorting -- a modified version of a tag that should be used for + * sorting will have '-sort' appended. E.g. artist="The Beatles", + * artist-sort="Beatles, The". + * + * - Demuxers attempt to export metadata in a generic format, however tags + * with no generic equivalents are left as they are stored in the container. + * Follows a list of generic tag names: + * + @verbatim + album -- name of the set this work belongs to + album_artist -- main creator of the set/album, if different from artist. + e.g. "Various Artists" for compilation albums. + artist -- main creator of the work + comment -- any additional description of the file. + composer -- who composed the work, if different from artist. + copyright -- name of copyright holder. + creation_time-- date when the file was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + date -- date when the work was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + disc -- number of a subset, e.g. disc in a multi-disc collection. + encoder -- name/settings of the software/hardware that produced the file. + encoded_by -- person/group who created the file. + filename -- original name of the file. + genre -- . + language -- main language in which the work is performed, preferably + in ISO 639-2 format. Multiple languages can be specified by + separating them with commas. + performer -- artist who performed the work, if different from artist. + E.g for "Also sprach Zarathustra", artist would be "Richard + Strauss" and performer "London Philharmonic Orchestra". + publisher -- name of the label/publisher. + service_name -- name of the service in broadcasting (channel name). + service_provider -- name of the service provider in broadcasting. + title -- name of the work. + track -- number of this work in the set, can be in form current/total. + variant_bitrate -- the total bitrate of the bitrate variant that the current stream is part of + @endverbatim + * + * Look in the examples section for an application example how to use the Metadata API. + * + * @ + *) + +(* packet functions *) + +(** + * Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with + * default values. + * + * @param s associated IO context + * @param pkt packet + * @param size desired payload size + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + *) +function av_get_packet(s: PAVIOContext; var pkt: TAVPacket; size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Read data and append it to the current content of the AVPacket. + * If pkt->size is 0 this is identical to av_get_packet. + * Note that this uses av_grow_packet and thus involves a realloc + * which is inefficient. Thus this function should only be used + * when there is no reasonable way to know (an upper bound of) + * the final size. + * + * @param s associated IO context + * @param pkt packet + * @param size amount of data to read + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise, previous data + * will not be lost even if an error occurs. + *) +function av_append_packet(s: PAVIOContext; var pkt: TAVPacket; size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +{$IFNDEF FPC} + //defines for delphi + size_t = cardinal; +{$ENDIF} + +(*************************************************) +(* input/output formats *) + +type + (** + * This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file. + *) + TAVProbeData = record + filename: PAnsiChar; + buf: PByteArray; (**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. *) + buf_size: cint; (**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes *) + {const} mime_type: PAnsiChar; (**< mime_type, when known. *) + end; + +const + AVPROBE_SCORE_EXTENSION = 50; ///< score for file extension + AVPROBE_SCORE_MIME = 75; ///< score for file mime type + AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX = 100; ///< maximum score + + AVPROBE_SCORE_RETRY = (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX DIV 4); + AVPROBE_SCORE_STREAM_RETRY = (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX DIV 4-1); + + AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE = 32; ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer + +/// Demuxer will use avio_open, no opened file should be provided by the caller. + AVFMT_NOFILE = $0001; + AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER = $0002; (**< Needs '%d' in filename. *) + AVFMT_SHOW_IDS = $0008; (**< Show format stream IDs numbers. *) + AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER = $0040; (**< Format wants global header. *) + AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS = $0080; (**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. *) + AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX = $0100; (**< Use generic index building code. *) + AVFMT_TS_DISCONT = $0200; (**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. *) + AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS = $0400; (**< Format allows variable fps. *) + AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS = $0800; (**< Format does not need width/height *) + AVFMT_NOSTREAMS = $1000; (**< Format does not require any streams *) + AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH = $2000; (**< Format does not allow to fall back to binary search via read_timestamp *) + AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH = $4000; (**< Format does not allow to fall back to generic search *) + AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK = $8000; (**< Format does not allow seeking by bytes *) + AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH = $10000;(**< Format allows flushing. If not set, the muxer will not receive a NULL packet in the write_packet function. *) + AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT = $20000;(**< Format does not require strictly + increasing timestamps, but they must + still be monotonic *) + AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE = $40000; (**< Format allows muxing negative + timestamps. If not set the timestamp + will be shifted in av_write_frame and + av_interleaved_write_frame so they + start from 0. + The user or muxer can override this through + AVFormatContext.avoid_negative_ts + *) + + AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS = $4000000; (**< Seeking is based on PTS *) + + // used by AVIndexEntry + AVINDEX_KEYFRAME = $0001; + AVINDEX_DISCARD_FRAME = $0002; (** + * Flag is used to indicate which frame should be discarded after decoding. + *) + AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER = $0001; (**< signal that no header is present + (streams are added dynamically) *) + AVFMTCTX_UNSEEKABLE = $0002; (**< signal that the stream is definitely + not seekable, and attempts to call the + seek function will fail. For some + network protocols (e.g. HLS), this can + change dynamically at runtime. *) + + + MAX_STREAMS = 20; + + AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS = $0001; ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames. + AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX = $0002; ///< Ignore index. + AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK = $0004; ///< Do not block when reading packets from input. + AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS = $0008; ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS + AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN = $0010; ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container + AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE = $0020; ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled + AVFMT_FLAG_NOBUFFER = $0040; ///< Do not buffer frames when possible + AVFMT_FLAG_CUSTOM_IO = $0080; ///< The caller has supplied a custom AVIOContext, don't avio_close() it. + AVFMT_FLAG_DISCARD_CORRUPT = $0100; ///< Discard frames marked corrupted + AVFMT_FLAG_FLUSH_PACKETS = $0200; ///< Flush the AVIOContext every packet. +(** + * When muxing, try to avoid writing any random/volatile data to the output. + * This includes any random IDs, real-time timestamps/dates, muxer version, etc. + * + * This flag is mainly intended for testing. + *) + AVFMT_FLAG_BITEXACT = $0400; + AVFMT_FLAG_MP4A_LATM = $8000; ///< Enable RTP MP4A-LATM payload + AVFMT_FLAG_SORT_DTS = $10000; ///< try to interleave outputted packets by dts (using this flag can slow demuxing down) + AVFMT_FLAG_PRIV_OPT = $20000; ///< Enable use of private options by delaying codec open (this could be made default once all code is converted) + {$IFDEF FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG} + AVFMT_FLAG_KEEP_SIDE_DATA = $40000; ///< Deprecated, does nothing. + {$ENDIF} + AVFMT_FLAG_FAST_SEEK = $80000; ///< Enable fast, but inaccurate seeks for some formats + AVFMT_FLAG_SHORTEST = $100000; ///< Stop muxing when the shortest stream stops. + AVFMT_FLAG_AUTO_BSF = $200000; ///< Add bitstream filters as requested by the muxer + + // used by AVStream + AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED = $0001; ///< The call resulted in updated metadata. + MAX_STD_TIMEBASES = (30*12+30+3+6); + MAX_REORDER_DELAY = 16; + + // used by TAVProgram + AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING = 1; + + + AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT = $0001; + AV_DISPOSITION_DUB = $0002; + AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL = $0004; + AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT = $0008; + AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS = $0010; + AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE = $0020; + + (** + * Track should be used during playback by default. + * Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed + * even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles. + *) + AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED = $0040; + AV_DISPOSITION_HEARING_IMPAIRED = $0080; (**< stream for hearing impaired audiences *) + AV_DISPOSITION_VISUAL_IMPAIRED = $0100; (**< stream for visual impaired audiences *) + AV_DISPOSITION_CLEAN_EFFECTS = $0200; (**< stream without voice *) +(** + * The stream is stored in the file as an attached picture/"cover art" (e.g. + * APIC frame in ID3v2). The first (usually only) packet associated with it + * will be returned among the first few packets read from the file unless + * seeking takes place. It can also be accessed at any time in + * AVStream.attached_pic. + *) + AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC = $0400; + +(** + * The stream is sparse, and contains thumbnail images, often corresponding + * to chapter markers. Only ever used with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC. + *) + AV_DISPOSITION_TIMED_THUMBNAILS = $0800; + +(** + * To specify text track kind (different from subtitles default). + *) + AV_DISPOSITION_CAPTIONS = $10000; + AV_DISPOSITION_DESCRIPTIONS = $20000; + AV_DISPOSITION_METADATA = $40000; + AV_DISPOSITION_DEPENDENT = $80000; ///< dependent audio stream (mix_type=0 in mpegts) + +(** + * Options for behavior on timestamp wrap detection. + *) + AV_PTS_WRAP_IGNORE = 0; ///< ignore the wrap + AV_PTS_WRAP_ADD_OFFSET = 1; ///< add the format specific offset on wrap detection + AV_PTS_WRAP_SUB_OFFSET = -1; ///< subtract the format specific offset on wrap detection + + // used by TAVFormatContext.debug + FF_FDEBUG_TS = 0001; + AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED = 0001; ///< The call resulted in updated metadata. + + RAW_PACKET_BUFFER_SIZE = 2500000; + + AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_AUTO = -1; ///< Enabled when required by target format + AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_NON_NEGATIVE = 1; ///< Shift timestamps so they are non negative + AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_ZERO = 2; ///< Shift timestamps so that they start at 0 + +type + PPAVCodecTag = ^PAVCodecTag; + PAVCodecTag = Pointer; + + PAVOutputFormat = ^TAVOutputFormat; + PAVProbeData = ^TAVProbeData; + + PAVInputFormat = ^TAVInputFormat; + PAVIndexEntry = ^TAVIndexEntry; + + PPAVStream = ^PAVStream; + PAVStream = ^TAVStream; + PAVPacketList = ^TAVPacketList; + TAVPacketList = record + pkt: TAVPacket; + next: PAVPacketList; + end; (*AVPacketList*) + + PPAVProgram = ^PAVProgram; + PAVProgram = ^TAVProgram; + + PPAVFormatContext = ^PAVFormatContext; + PAVFormatContext = ^TAVFormatContext; + +(** + * Convert all the metadata sets from ctx according to the source and + * destination conversion tables. + * + * @param d_conv destination tags format conversion table + * @param s_conv source tags format conversion table + *) + PAVMetadataConv = ^TAVMetadataConv; + TAVMetadataConv = record + ctx: PAVFormatContext; + d_conv: {const} PAVMetadataConv; + s_conv: {const} PAVMetadataConv; + end; + + (** From libavdevice/avdevice.h **) + PPAVDeviceInfo = ^PAVDeviceInfo; + PAVDeviceInfo = ^TAVDeviceInfo; + TAVDeviceInfo = record + device_name: PAnsiChar; (**< device name, format depends on device *) + device_description: PAnsiChar; (**< human friendly name *) + end; {TAVDeviceInfo} + + PAVDeviceInfoList = ^TAVDeviceInfoList; + TAVDeviceInfoList = record + devices: PPAVDeviceInfo; (**< list of autodetected devices *) + nb_devices: cint; (**< number of autodetected devices *) + default_device: cint; (**< index of default device or -1 if no default *) + end; {TAVDeviceInfoList} + + PAVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery = ^TAVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery; + TAVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery = record + end; + + PFFFrac = ^TFFFrac; + TFFFrac = record + val: cint64; + num: cint64; + den: cint64; + end; + +(** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @ + *) + TAVOutputFormat = record + name: PAnsiChar; + (** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + *) + long_name: PAnsiChar; + mime_type: PAnsiChar; + extensions: PAnsiChar; (**< comma-separated filename extensions *) + (* output support *) + audio_codec: TAVCodecID; (**< default audio codec *) + video_codec: TAVCodecID; (**< default video codec *) + subtitle_codec: TAVCodecID; (**< default subtitle codec *) + (** + * can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, + * AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER, AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS, + * AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS, AVFMT_NOSTREAMS, AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH, + * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE + *) + flags: cint; + + (** + * List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better + * choice first". The arrays are all terminated by AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + *) + codec_tag: {const} PPAVCodecTag; + + priv_class: {const} PAVClass; ///< AVClass for the private context + + (***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + *) + next: PAVOutputFormat; + (** + * size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper + *) + priv_data_size: cint; + + write_header: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl; + (** + * Write a packet. If AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH is set in flags, + * pkt can be NULL in order to flush data buffered in the muxer. + * When flushing, return 0 if there still is more data to flush, + * or 1 if everything was flushed and there is no more buffered + * data. + *) + write_packet: function (c: PAVFormatContext; pkt: PAVPacket): cint; cdecl; + write_trailer: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl; + (** + * Currently only used to set pixel format if not YUV420P. + *) + interleave_packet: function (s: PAVFormatContext; out_: PAVPacket; + in_: PAVPacket; flush: cint): cint; cdecl; + (** + * Test if the given codec can be stored in this container. + * + * @return 1 if the codec is supported, 0 if it is not. + * A negative number if unknown. + * MKTAG('A', 'P', 'I', 'C') if the codec is only supported as AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC + *) + query_codec: function (id: TAVCodecID; std_compliance: cint): cint; cdecl; + + get_output_timestamp: procedure (s: PAVFormatContext; stream: cint; + dts: Pcint64; wall: Pcint64); cdecl; + + (** + * Allows sending messages from application to device. + *) + control_message: function(s: PAVFormatContext; type_: cint; data: pointer; + data_size: size_t): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Write an uncoded AVFrame. + * + * See av_write_uncoded_frame() for details. + * + * The library will free *frame afterwards, but the muxer can prevent it + * by setting the pointer to NULL. + *) + write_uncodec_frame: function(s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint; + frame: PPAVFrame; flags: cuint): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Returns device list with it properties. + * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details. + *) + get_device_list: function(s: PAVFormatContext; device_list: PAVDeviceInfoList): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Initialize device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details. + *) + create_device_capabilities: function(s: PAVFormatContext; caps: PAVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Free device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details. + *) + free_device_capabilities: function(s: PAVFormatContext; caps: PAVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery): cint; cdecl; + + data_codec: TAVCodecID; (**< default data codec *) + + (** + * Initialize format. May allocate data here, and set any AVFormatContext or + * AVStream parameters that need to be set before packets are sent. + * This method must not write output. + * + * Return 0 if streams were fully configured, 1 if not, negative AVERROR on failure + * + * Any allocations made here must be freed in deinit(). + *) + init: function(s: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Deinitialize format. If present, this is called whenever the muxer is being + * destroyed, regardless of whether or not the header has been written. + * + * If a trailer is being written, this is called after write_trailer(). + * + * This is called if init() fails as well. + *) + deinit: procedure(s: PAVFormatContext); + + (** + * Set up any necessary bitstream filtering and extract any extra data needed + * for the global header. + * Return 0 if more packets from this stream must be checked; 1 if not. + *) + check_bitstream: function(s: PAVFormatContext; pkt: {const} PAVPacket): cint; cdecl; + end; +(** + * @} + *) + +(** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @ + *) + TAVInputFormat = record + (** + * A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names + * may be appended with a minor bump. + *) + name: PAnsiChar; + + (** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + *) + long_name: PAnsiChar; + + (** + * Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_SHOW_IDS, + * AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX, AVFMT_TS_DISCONT, AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH, + * AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH, AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK, AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS. + *) + flags: cint; + + (** + * If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should + * usually not use extension format guessing because it is not + * reliable enough + *) + extensions: PAnsiChar; + + codec_tag: {const} PPAVCodecTag; + + priv_class: {const} PAVClass; ///< AVClass for the private context + + (** + * Comma-separated list of mime types. + * It is used check for matching mime types while probing. + * @see av_probe_input_format2 + *) + mime_type: {const} PAnsiChar; + + (***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + *) + next: PAVInputFormat; + + (** + * Raw demuxers store their codec ID here. + *) + raw_codec_id: cint; + + (** + * Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper. + *) + priv_data_size: cint; + + (** + * Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format. + * The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes + * big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more. + *) + read_probe: function (p: PAVProbeData): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext + * structure. Return 0 if OK. Only used in raw format right + * now. 'avformat_new_stream' should be called to create new streams. + *) + read_header: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also + * set. 'avformat_new_stream' can be called only if the flag + * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used. + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on error. + * When returning an error, pkt must not have been allocated + * or must be freed before returning + *) + read_packet: function (c: PAVFormatContext; var pkt: TAVPacket): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not + * freed by this function + *) + read_close: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in + * stream component stream_index. + * @param stream_index Must not be -1. + * @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact + * match is available. + * @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset) + *) + read_seek: function (c: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint; + timestamp: cint64; flags: cint): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Get the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units. + * @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred + *) + read_timestamp: function (s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint; + pos: pint64; pos_limit: cint64): cint64; cdecl; + + (** + * Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + *) + read_play: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + *) + read_pause: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + *) + read_seek2: function (s: PAVFormatContext; + stream_index: cint; + min_ts: cint64; + ts: cint64; + max_ts: cint64; + flags: cint): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Returns device list with it properties. + * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details. + *) + get_device_list: function(s: PAVFormatContext; device_list: PAVDeviceInfoList): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Initialize device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details. + *) + create_device_capabilities: function(s: PAVFormatContext; caps: PAVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Free device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details. + *) + free_device_capabilities: function(s: PAVFormatContext; caps: PAVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery): cint; cdecl; + + end; +(** + * @} + *) + + TAVStreamParseType = ( + AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE, + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL, (**< full parsing and repack *) + AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS, (**< Only parse headers, do not repack. *) + AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS, (**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary *) + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE, (**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently *) + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_RAW (**< full parsing and repack with timestamp and position generation by parser for raw + this assumes that each packet in the file contains no demuxer level headers and + just codec level data, otherwise position generation would fail *) + ); + + TAVIndexEntry = record + pos: cint64; + timestamp: cint64; (**< + * Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units, preferably the time from which on correctly decoded frames are available + * when seeking to this entry. That means preferable PTS on keyframe based formats. + * But demuxers can choose to store a different timestamp, if it is more convenient for the implementation or nothing better + * is known + *) + { Delphi doesn't support bitfields -> use flags_size instead + int flags:2; + int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment). + } + flags_size: cint; // 0..1: flags, 2..31: size + min_distance: cint; (**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. *) + end; + + Tduration_error = array[0..1] of array[0..MAX_STD_TIMEBASES - 1] of cdouble; + PStreamInfo = ^TStreamInfo; + TStreamInfo = record + last_dts: cint64; + duration_gcd: cint64; + duration_count: cint; + rfps_duration_sum: cint64; + duration_error: ^Tduration_error; + codec_info_duration: cint64; + codec_info_duration_fields: cint64; + frame_delay_evidence: cint; + + (** + * 0 -> decoder has not been searched for yet. + * >0 -> decoder found + * <0 -> decoder with codec_id == -found_decoder has not been found + *) + found_decoder: cint; + + (** + * Those are used for average framerate estimation. + *) + fps_first_dts: cint64; + fps_first_dts_idx: cint; + fps_last_dts: cint64; + fps_last_dts_idx: cint; + end; + + (** + * Stream structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*. + *) + TAVStream = record + index: cint; (**< stream index in AVFormatContext *) + (** + * Format-specific stream ID. + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: set by the user, replaced by libavformat if left unset + *) + id: cint; (**< format-specific stream ID *) +{$IFDEF FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX} + (** + * @deprecated use the codecpar struct instead + *) + codec: PAVCodecContext; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + priv_data: pointer; + + (** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to + * provide a hint to the muxer about the desired timebase. In + * avformat_write_header(), the muxer will overwrite this field + * with the timebase that will actually be used for the timestamps + * written into the file (which may or may not be related to the + * user-provided one, depending on the format). + *) + time_base: TAVRational; + + (** + * Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream in presentation order, in stream time base. + * Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set + * it to really is the pts of the first frame. + * This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF + * demuxer must NOT set this. + *) + start_time: cint64; + + (** + * Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base. + * If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify + * a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size. + * + * Encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to + * provide a hint to the muxer about the estimated duration. + *) + duration: cint64; + + nb_frames: cint64; ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0 + + disposition: cint; (**< AV_DISPOSITION_* bitfield *) + + discard: TAVDiscard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed. + + (** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavformat. + *) + sample_aspect_ratio: TAVRational; + + metadata: PAVDictionary; + + (** + * Average framerate + * + * - demuxing: May be set by libavformat when creating the stream or in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + *) + avg_frame_rate: TAVRational; + + (** + * For streams with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC disposition, this packet + * will contain the attached picture. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat, must not be modified by the caller. + * encoding: unused + *) + attached_pic: TAVPacket; + + (** + * An array of side data that applies to the whole stream (i.e. the + * container does not allow it to change between packets). + * + * There may be no overlap between the side data in this array and side data + * in the packets. I.e. a given side data is either exported by the muxer + * (demuxing) / set by the caller (muxing) in this array, then it never + * appears in the packets, or the side data is exported / sent through + * the packets (always in the first packet where the value becomes known or + * changes), then it does not appear in this array. + * + * - demuxing: Set by libavformat when the stream is created. + * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + * + * @see av_format_inject_global_side_data() + *) + side_data: PAVPacketSideData; + + (** + * The number of elements in the AVStream.side_data array. + *) + nb_side_data: cint; + + (** + * Flags for the user to detect events happening on the stream. Flags must + * be cleared by the user once the event has been handled. + * A combination of AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_*. + *) + event_flags: cint; + + (** + * Real base framerate of the stream. + * This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be + * represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all + * framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess! + * For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either + * approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1. + *) + r_frame_rate: TAVRational; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER} + (** + * String containing pairs of key and values describing recommended encoder configuration. + * Pairs are separated by ','. + * Keys are separated from values by '='. + * + * @deprecated unused + *) + recommended_encoder_configuration: PAnsichar; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * Codec parameters associated with this stream. Allocated and freed by + * libavformat in avformat_new_stream() and avformat_free_context() + * respectively. + * + * - demuxing: filled by libavformat on stream creation or in + * avformat_find_stream_info() + * - muxing: filled by the caller before avformat_write_header() + *) + codecpar: PAVCodecParameters; + + (***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * Internal note: be aware that physically removing these fields + * will break ABI. Replace removed fields with dummy fields, and + * add new fields to AVStreamInternal. + ***************************************************************** + *) + + (** + * Stream information used internally by avformat_find_stream_info() + *) + info: PStreamInfo; + + pts_wrap_bits: cint; (**< number of bits in pts (used for wrapping control) *) + + // Timestamp generation support: + (** + * Timestamp corresponding to the last dts sync point. + * + * Initialized when AVCodecParserContext.dts_sync_point >= 0 and + * a DTS is received from the underlying container. Otherwise set to + * AV_NOPTS_VALUE by default. + *) + first_dts: cint64; + cur_dts: cint64; + last_IP_pts: cint64; + last_IP_duration: cint; + + (** + * Number of packets to buffer for codec probing + *) + probe_packets: cint; + + (** + * Number of frames that have been demuxed during avformat_find_stream_info() + *) + codec_info_nb_frames: cint; + + (* av_read_frame() support *) + need_parsing: TAVStreamParseType; + parser: PAVCodecParserContext; + + (** + * last packet in packet_buffer for this stream when muxing. + *) + last_in_packet_buffer: PAVPacketList; + probe_data: TAVProbeData; + pts_buffer: array [0..MAX_REORDER_DELAY] of cint64; + + index_entries: PAVIndexEntry; (**< Only used if the format does not + support seeking natively. *) + nb_index_entries: cint; + index_entries_allocated_size: cuint; + + (** + * Stream Identifier + * This is the MPEG-TS stream identifier +1 + * 0 means unknown + *) + stream_identifier: cint; + + interleaver_chunk_size: cint64; + interleaver_chunk_duration: cint64; + + (** + * stream probing state + * -1 -> probing finished + * 0 -> no probing requested + * rest -> perform probing with request_probe being the minimum score to accept. + * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API + *) + request_probe: cint; + (** + * Indicates that everything up to the next keyframe + * should be discarded. + *) + skip_to_keyframe: cint; + + (** + * Number of samples to skip at the start of the frame decoded from the next packet. + *) + skip_samples: cint; + + (** + * If not 0, the number of samples that should be skipped from the start of + * the stream (the samples are removed from packets with pts==0, which also + * assumes negative timestamps do not happen). + * Intended for use with formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless audio + * support. + *) + start_skip_samples: cint64; + + (** + * If not 0, the first audio sample that should be discarded from the stream. + * This is broken by design (needs global sample count), but can't be + * avoided for broken by design formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless + * audio support. + *) + first_discard_sample: cint64; + + (** + * The sample after last sample that is intended to be discarded after + * first_discard_sample. Works on frame boundaries only. Used to prevent + * early EOF if the gapless info is broken (considered concatenated mp3s). + *) + last_discard_sample: cint64; + + (** + * Number of internally decoded frames, used internally in libavformat, do not access + * its lifetime differs from info which is why it is not in that structure. + *) + nb_decoded_frames: cint; + + (** + * Timestamp offset added to timestamps before muxing + * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API + *) + mux_ts_offset: cint64; + + (** + * Internal data to check for wrapping of the time stamp + *) + pts_wrap_reference: cint64; + + (** + * Options for behavior, when a wrap is detected. + * + * Defined by AV_PTS_WRAP_ values. + * + * If correction is enabled, there are two possibilities: + * If the first time stamp is near the wrap point, the wrap offset + * will be subtracted, which will create negative time stamps. + * Otherwise the offset will be added. + *) + pts_wrap_behavior: cint; + + (** + * Internal data to prevent doing update_initial_durations() twice + *) + update_initial_durations_done: cint; + + (** + * Internal data to generate dts from pts + *) + pts_reorder_error: array[0..MAX_REORDER_DELAY] of cint64; + pts_reorder_error_count: array[0..MAX_REORDER_DELAY] of byte; + + (** + * Internal data to analyze DTS and detect faulty mpeg streams + *) + last_dts_for_order_check: cint64; + dts_ordered: byte; + dts_misordered: byte; + + (** + * Internal data to inject global side data + *) + inject_global_side_data: cint; + + (** + * display aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavformat to calculate sample_aspect_ratio internally + *) + display_aspect_ratio: TAVRational; + + (** + * An opaque field for libavformat internal usage. + * Must not be accessed in any way by callers. + *) + internal: pointer; + end; (** TAVStream **) + +(** + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*. + *) + TAVProgram = record + id: cint; + flags: cint; + discard: TAVDiscard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller + stream_index: Pcuint; + nb_stream_indexes: cuint; + metadata: PAVDictionary; + + program_num: cint; + pmt_pid: cint; + pcr_pid: cint; + + (***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + *) + start_time: cint64; + end_time: cint64; + + pts_wrap_reference: cint64; ///< reference dts for wrap detection + pts_wrap_behavior: cint; ///< behavior on wrap detection + end; (*AVProgram*) + + PAVChapter = ^TAVChapter; + TAVChapter = record + id: cint; ///< unique ID to identify the chapter + time_base: TAVRational; ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified + start, end_: cint64; ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units + metadata: PAVDictionary; + end; (*AVChapter*) + + TAVChapterArray = array[0..(MaxInt div SizeOf(TAVChapter))-1] of TAVChapter; + PAVChapterArray = ^TAVChapterArray; + + (** + * The duration of a video can be estimated through various ways, and this enum can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + *) + TAVDurationEstimationMethod = ( + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, ///< Duration accurately estimated from PTSes + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, ///< Duration estimated from a stream with a known duration + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE ///< Duration estimated from bitrate (less accurate) + ); + + PAVFormatInternal = ^TAVFormatInternal; + TAVFormatInternal = record + (** + * Number of streams relevant for interleaving. + * Muxing only. + *) + nb_interleaved_streams: cint; + inject_global_side_data: cint; + end; + + TAv_format_control_message = function (s: PAVFormatContext; type_: cint; + data: pointer; data_size: size_t): cint; cdecl; + + TAVOpenCallback = function (s: PAVFormatContext; pb: PPAVIOContext; url: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint; + int_cb: {const} PAVIOInterruptCB; options: PPAVDictionary): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Format I/O context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*, use + * avformat_alloc_context() to create an AVFormatContext. + * + * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions (av_opt* ), + * the name string used matches the associated command line parameter name and + * can be found in libavformat/options_table.h. + * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C + * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity. + *) + TAVFormatContext = record + (** + * A class for logging and @ref avoptions. Set by avformat_alloc_context(). + * Exports (de)muxer private options if they exist. + *) + av_class: PAVClass; (**< Set by avformat_alloc_context. *) + + (** + * The input container format. + * + * Demuxing only, set by avformat_open_input(). + *) + iformat: PAVInputFormat; + + (** + * The output container format. + * + * Muxing only, must be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + *) + oformat: PAVOutputFormat; + + (** + * Format private data. This is an AVOptions-enabled struct + * if and only if iformat/oformat.priv_class is not NULL. + * + * - muxing: set by avformat_write_header() + * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input() + *) + priv_data: pointer; + + (* + * I/O context. + * + * - demuxing: either set by the user before avformat_open_input() (then + * the user must close it manually) or set by avformat_open_input(). + * - muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header(). The caller must + * take care of closing / freeing the IO context. + * + * Do NOT set this field if AVFMT_NOFILE flag is set in + * iformat/oformat.flags. In such a case, the (de)muxer will handle + * I/O in some other way and this field will be NULL. + *) + pb: PAVIOContext; + + (* stream info *) + (** + * Flags signalling stream properties. A combination of AVFMTCTX_*. + * Set by libavformat. + *) + ctx_flags: cint; + + (** + * Number of elements in AVFormatContext.streams. + * + * Set by avformat_new_stream(), must not be modified by any other code. + *) + nb_streams: cuint; + + (** + * A list of all streams in the file. New streams are created with + * avformat_new_stream(). + * + * - demuxing: streams are created by libavformat in avformat_open_input(). + * If AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in ctx_flags, then new streams may also + * appear in av_read_frame(). + * - muxing: streams are created by the user before avformat_write_header(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + *) + streams: PPAVStream; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME} + (** + * input or output filename + * + * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input() + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() + * + * @deprecated Use url instead. + *) + filename: array [0..1023] of AnsiChar; {deprecated} (* input or output filename *) +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * input or output URL. Unlike the old filename field, this field has no + * length restriction. + * + * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input(), initialized to an empty + * string if url parameter was NULL in avformat_open_input(). + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before calling avformat_write_header() + * (or avformat_init_output() if that is called first) to a string + * which is freeable by av_free(). Set to an empty string if it + * was NULL in avformat_init_output(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + *) + url: PAnsichar; + + (** + * Position of the first frame of the component, in + * AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly: + * It is deduced from the AVStream values. + * + * Demuxing only, set by libavformat. + *) + start_time: cint64; + (** + * Duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional + * seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream + * durations and also dont set any of them. This is deduced from the + * AVStream values if not set. + *) + duration: cint64; + + (** + * Total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not + * available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the + * duration are known as ffmpeg can compute it automatically. + *) + bit_rate: cint64; + + packet_size: cuint; + max_delay: cint; + + (** + * Flags modifying the (de)muxer behaviour. A combination of AVFMT_FLAG_*. + * Set by the user before avformat_open_input() / avformat_write_header(). + *) + flags: cint; + + (** + * Maximum size of the data read from input for determining + * the input container format. + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). + *) + probesize: cint64; + + (** + * Maximum duration (in AV_TIME_BASE units) of the data read + * from input in avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Can be set to 0 to let avformat choose using a heuristic. + *) + max_analyze_duration: cint64; + + key: pbyte; + keylen: cint; + + nb_programs: cuint; + programs: PPAVProgram; + + (** + * Forced video codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + *) + video_codec_id: TAVCodecID; + + (** + * Forced audio codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + *) + audio_codec_id: TAVCodecID; + + (** + * Forced subtitle codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + *) + subtitle_codec_id: TAVCodecID; + + (** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream. + * If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as + * needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less + * accurate seeking (depends on demuxer). + * Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore + * this. + * - muxing: unused + * - demuxing: set by user + *) + max_index_size: cuint; + + (** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames + * obtained from realtime capture devices. + *) + max_picture_buffer: cuint; + + nb_chapters: cuint; + chapters: PAVChapterArray; + + (** + * Metadata that applies to the whole file. + * + * - demuxing: set by libavformat in avformat_open_input() + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + *) + metadata: PAVDictionary; + + (** + * Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds + * since the Unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0 in the + * stream was captured at this real world time. + * - muxing: Set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). If set to + * either 0 or AV_NOPTS_VALUE, then the current wall-time will + * be used. + * - demuxing: Set by libavformat. AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. Note that + * the value may become known after some number of frames + * have been received. + *) + start_time_realtime: cint64; + + (** + * The number of frames used for determining the framerate in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info(). + *) + fps_probe_size: cint; + + (** + * Error recognition; higher values will detect more errors but may + * misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). + *) + error_recognition: cint; + + (** + * Custom interrupt callbacks for the I/O layer. + * + * demuxing: set by the user before avformat_open_input(). + * muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header() + * (mainly useful for AVFMT_NOFILE formats). The callback + * should also be passed to avio_open2() if it's used to + * open the file. + *) + interrupt_callback: TAVIOInterruptCB; + + (** + * Flags to enable debugging. + *) + debug: cint; + + (** + * Maximum buffering duration for interleaving. + * + * To ensure all the streams are interleaved correctly, + * av_interleaved_write_frame() will wait until it has at least one packet + * for each stream before actually writing any packets to the output file. + * When some streams are "sparse" (i.e. there are large gaps between + * successive packets), this can result in excessive buffering. + * + * This field specifies the maximum difference between the timestamps of the + * first and the last packet in the muxing queue, above which libavformat + * will output a packet regardless of whether it has queued a packet for all + * the streams. + * + * Muxing only, set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + *) + max_interleave_delta: cint64; + + (** + * Allow non-standard and experimental extension + * @see AVCodecContext.strict_std_compliance + *) + strict_std_compliance: cint; + + (** + * Flags for the user to detect events happening on the file. Flags must + * be cleared by the user once the event has been handled. + * A combination of AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_*. + *) + event_flags: cint; + + (** + * Maximum number of packets to read while waiting for the first timestamp. + * Decoding only. + *) + max_ts_probe: cint; + + (** + * Avoid negative timestamps during muxing. + * Any value of the AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_* constants. + * Note, this only works when using av_interleaved_write_frame. (interleave_packet_per_dts is in use) + * - muxing: Set by user + * - demuxing: unused + *) + avoid_negative_ts: cint; + + (** + * Transport stream id. + * This will be moved into demuxer private options. Thus no API/ABI compatibility + *) + ts_id: cint; + + (** + * Audio preload in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + *) + audio_preload: cint; + + (** + * Max chunk time in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + *) + max_chunk_duration: cint; + + (** + * Max chunk size in bytes + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + *) + max_chunk_size: cint; + + (** + * forces the use of wallclock timestamps as pts/dts of packets + * This has undefined results in the presence of B frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + *) + use_wallclock_as_timestamps: cint; + + (** + * avio flags, used to force AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + *) + avio_flags: cint; + + (** + * The duration field can be estimated through various ways, and this field can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user + *) + duration_estimation_method: TAVDurationEstimationMethod; + + (** + * Skip initial bytes when opening stream + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + *) + skip_initial_bytes: cint64; + + (** + * Correct single timestamp overflows + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + *) + correct_ts_overflow: cuint; + + (** + * Force seeking to any (also non key) frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + *) + seek2any: cint; + + (** + * Flush the I/O context after each packet. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + *) + flush_packets: cint; + + (** + * format probing score. + * The maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX, its set when the demuxer probes + * the format. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by avformat, read by user + *) + probe_score: cint; + + (** + * number of bytes to read maximally to identify format. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + *) + format_probesize: cint; + + (** + * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + *) + codec_whitelist: PAnsiChar; + + (** + * ',' separated list of allowed demuxers. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + *) + format_whitelist: PAnsiChar; + + + (** + * An opaque field for libavformat internal usage. + * Must not be accessed in any way by callers. + *) + internal: PAVFormatInternal; + + (** + * IO repositioned flag. + * This is set by avformat when the underlaying IO context read pointer + * is repositioned, for example when doing byte based seeking. + * Demuxers can use the flag to detect such changes. + *) + io_repositioned: cint; + + (** + * Forced video codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + *) + video_codec: PAVCodec; + + (** + * Forced audio codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + *) + audio_codec: PAVCodec; + + (** + * Forced subtitle codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + *) + subtitle_codec: PAVCodec; + + (** + * Forced data codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + *) + data_codec: PAVCodec; + + (** + * Number of bytes to be written as padding in a metadata header. + * Demuxing: Unused. + * Muxing: Set by user via av_format_set_metadata_header_padding. + *) + metadata_header_padding: cint; + + (** + * User data. + * This is a place for some private data of the user. + *) + opaque: pointer; + + (** + * Callback used by devices to communicate with application. + *) + control_message_cb: TAv_format_control_message; + + (** + * Output timestamp offset, in microseconds. + * Muxing: set by user + *) + output_ts_offset: cint64; + + (** + * dump format separator. + * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else + * - muxing: Set by user. + * - demuxing: Set by user. + *) + dump_separator: Pcuint8; + + (** + * Forced Data codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + *) + data_codec_id: TAVCodecID; +{$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS} + (** + * Called to open further IO contexts when needed for demuxing. + * + * This can be set by the user application to perform security checks on + * the URLs before opening them. + * The function should behave like avio_open2(), AVFormatContext is provided + * as contextual information and to reach AVFormatContext.opaque. + * + * If NULL then some simple checks are used together with avio_open2(). + * + * Must not be accessed directly from outside avformat. + * @See av_format_set_open_cb() + * + * Demuxing: Set by user. + * + * @deprecated Use io_open and io_close. + *) + open_cb: function(s: PAVFormatContext; p: PPAVIOContext; url: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint; int_cb: {const} PAVIOInterruptCB; options: PPAVDictionary): cint; cdecl; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * ',' separated list of allowed protocols. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + *) + protocol_whitelist: pchar; + + (* + * A callback for opening new IO streams. + * + * Whenever a muxer or a demuxer needs to open an IO stream (typically from + * avformat_open_input() for demuxers, but for certain formats can happen at + * other times as well), it will call this callback to obtain an IO context. + * + * @param s the format context + * @param pb on success, the newly opened IO context should be returned here + * @param url the url to open + * @param flags a combination of AVIO_FLAG_* + * @param options a dictionary of additional options, with the same + * semantics as in avio_open2() + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + * + * @note Certain muxers and demuxers do nesting, i.e. they open one or more + * additional internal format contexts. Thus the AVFormatContext pointer + * passed to this callback may be different from the one facing the caller. + * It will, however, have the same 'opaque' field. + *) + io_open: function(s: PAVFormatContext; pb: PPAVIOContext; url: {const} pchar; + flags: cint; options: PPAVDictionary): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * A callback for closing the streams opened with AVFormatContext.io_open(). + *) + io_close: procedure(s: PAVFormatContext; pb: PAVIOContext); cdecl; + + (** + * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + *) + protocol_blacklist: PAnsiChar; + + (** + * The maximum number of streams. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + *) + max_streams: cint; + end; (** TAVFormatContext **) + + TAVTimebaseSource = ( + AVFMT_TBCF_AUTO = -1, + AVFMT_TBCF_DECODER, + AVFMT_TBCF_DEMUXER, +{$IFDEF FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE} + AVFMT_TBCF_R_FRAMERATE +{$ENDIF} + ); + +{$IFDEF FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET} +(** + * Accessors for some AVFormatContext fields. These used to be provided for ABI + * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. + *) +function av_format_get_probe_score(s: {const} PAVFormatContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +function av_format_get_video_codec(s: {const} PAVFormatContext): PAVCodec; + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +procedure av_format_set_video_codec(s: PAVFormatContext; c: PAVCodec); + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +function av_format_get_audio_codec(s: {const} PAVFormatContext): PAVCodec; + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +procedure av_format_set_audio_codec(s: PAVFormatContext; c: PAVCodec); + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +function av_format_get_subtitle_codec(s: {const} PAVFormatContext): PAVCodec; + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +procedure av_format_set_subtitle_codec(s: PAVFormatContext; c: PAVCodec); + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +function av_format_get_data_codec(s: {const} PAVFormatContext): PAVCodec; + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +procedure av_format_set_data_codec(s: PAVFormatContext; c: PAVCodec); + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +function av_format_get_metadata_header_padding(s: {const} PAVFormatContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +procedure av_format_set_metadata_header_padding(s: PAVFormatContext; c: cint); + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +procedure av_format_get_opaque(s: {const} PAVFormatContext); + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +procedure av_format_set_opaque(s: PAVFormatContext; opaque: pointer); + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +function av_format_get_control_message_cb(s: {const} PAVFormatContext): TAv_format_control_message; + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +procedure av_format_set_control_message_cb(s: PAVFormatContext; callback: TAv_format_control_message); + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +{$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS} +function av_format_get_open_cb(s: {const} PAVFormatContext): TAVOpenCallback; {deprecated} + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +procedure av_format_set_open_cb(s: PAVFormatContext; callback: TAVOpenCallback); {deprecated} + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} {FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS} +{$ENDIF} {FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET} + +(** + * This function will cause global side data to be injected in the next packet + * of each stream as well as after any subsequent seek. + *) +procedure av_format_inject_global_side_data(s: PAVFormatContext); + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Returns the method used to set ctx->duration. + * + * @return AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, or AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE. + *) +function av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method(ctx: {const} PAVFormatContext): TAVDurationEstimationMethod; + cdecl; external av__format; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET} +(** + * Accessors for some AVStream fields. These used to be provided for ABI + * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. + *) +function av_stream_get_r_frame_rate({const} s: PAVStream): TAVRational; + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +procedure av_stream_set_r_frame_rate(s: PAVStream; r: TAVRational); + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +{$IFDEF FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER} +function av_stream_get_recommended_encoder_configuration({const} s: PAVStream): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +procedure av_stream_set_recommended_encoder_configuration(s: PAVStream; configuration: PAnsiChar); + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} {FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER} +{$ENDIF} {FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET} + +function av_stream_get_parser(s: {const} PAVStream): PAVCodecParserContext; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Returns the pts of the last muxed packet + its duration + * + * the retuned value is undefined when used with a demuxer. + *) +function av_stream_get_end_pts(st: {const} PAVStream): cint64; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * @defgroup lavf_core Core functions + * @ingroup libavf + * + * Functions for querying libavformat capabilities, allocating core structures, + * etc. + * @ + *) + +(** + * Return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant. + *) +function avformat_version(): cuint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Return the libavformat build-time configuration. + *) +function avformat_configuration(): {const} PansiChar; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Return the libavformat license. + *) +function avformat_license(): {const} PansiChar; + cdecl; external av__format; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_NEXT} +(** + * Initialize libavformat and register all the muxers, demuxers and + * protocols. If you do not call this function, then you can select + * exactly which formats you want to support. + * + * @see av_register_input_format() + * @see av_register_output_format() + * @see av_register_protocol() + *) +procedure av_register_all(); + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; + +procedure av_register_input_format(format: PAVInputFormat); + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +procedure av_register_output_format(format: PAVOutputFormat); + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Do global initialization of network libraries. This is optional, + * and not recommended anymore. + * + * This functions only exists to work around thread-safety issues + * with older GnuTLS or OpenSSL libraries. If libavformat is linked + * to newer versions of those libraries, or if you do not use them, + * calling this function is unnecessary. Otherwise, you need to call + * this function before any other threads using them are started. + * + * This function will be deprecated once support for older GnuTLS and + * OpenSSL libraries is removed, and this function has no purpose + * anymore. + *) +function avformat_network_init(): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Undo the initialization done by avformat_network_init. Call it only + * once for each time you called avformat_network_init. + *) +function avformat_network_deinit(): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_NEXT} +(** + * If f is NULL, returns the first registered input format, + * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f + * or NULL if f is the last one. + *) +function av_iformat_next(f: {const} PAVInputFormat): PAVInputFormat; + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; + +(** + * If f is NULL, returns the first registered output format, + * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f + * or NULL if f is the last one. + *) +function av_oformat_next(f: {const} PAVOutputFormat): PAVOutputFormat; + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Iterate over all registered muxers. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered muxer or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + *) +function av_muxer_iterate(opaque: pointer): PAVOutputFormat; + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; {const} + +(** + * Iterate over all registered demuxers. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered demuxer or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + *) +function av_demuxer_iterate(opaque: pointer): PAVInputFormat; + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; {const} + +(** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext. + * Can be freed with av_free() but do not forget to free everything you + * explicitly allocated as well! + *) +function avformat_alloc_context(): PAVFormatContext; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Free an AVFormatContext and all its streams. + * @param s context to free + *) +procedure avformat_free_context(s: PAVFormatContext); + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Get the AVClass for AVFormatContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + *) +function avformat_get_class(): {const} PAVClass; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Add a new stream to a media file. + * + * When demuxing, it is called by the demuxer in read_header(). If the + * flag AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in s.ctx_flags, then it may also + * be called in read_packet(). + * + * When muxing, should be called by the user before avformat_write_header(). + * + * User is required to call avcodec_close() and avformat_free_context() to + * clean up the allocation by avformat_new_stream(). + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param c If non-NULL, the AVCodecContext corresponding to the new stream + * will be initialized to use this codec. This is needed for e.g. codec-specific + * defaults to be set, so codec should be provided if it is known. + * + * @return newly created stream or NULL on error. + *) +function avformat_new_stream(s: PAVFormatContext; c: {const} PAVCodec): PAVStream; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Wrap an existing array as stream side data. + * + * @param st stream + * @param type side information type + * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() + * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to + * st. + * @param size side information size + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. On failure, + * the stream is unchanged and the data remains owned by the caller. + *) +function av_stream_add_side_data(st: PAVStream; type_: TAVPacketSideDataType; + data: Pcuint8; size: size_t): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Allocate new information from stream. + * + * @param stream stream + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size side information size + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + *) +function av_stream_new_side_data(stream: PAVStream; + type_: TAVPacketSideDataType; size: cint): Pcuint8; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Get side information from stream. + * + * @param stream stream + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional) + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + *) +function av_stream_get_side_data(stream: {const} PAVStream; + type_: TAVPacketSideDataType; size: Pcint): Pcuint8; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function av_new_program(s: PAVFormatContext; id: cint): PAVProgram; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * @} + *) + +{$IFDEF FF_API_PKT_DUMP} +procedure av_pkt_dump(f: PAVFile; pkt: PAVPacket; dump_payload: cint); {deprecated} + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure av_pkt_dump_log(avcl: Pointer; level: cint; pkt: PAVPacket; dump_payload: cint); {deprecated} + cdecl; external av__format; +{$IFEND} + +(** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext for an output format. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and + * everything allocated by the framework within it. + * + * @param *ctx is set to the created format context, or to NULL in + * case of failure + * @param oformat format to use for allocating the context, if NULL + * format_name and filename are used instead + * @param format_name the name of output format to use for allocating the + * context, if NULL filename is used instead + * @param filename the name of the filename to use for allocating the + * context, may be NULL + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure + *) +function avformat_alloc_output_context2(ctx: PPAVFormatContext; oformat: PAVOutputFormat; + {const} format_name: PAnsiChar; {const} filename: PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @ + *) + +(** + * Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format. + *) +function av_find_input_format(short_name: PAnsiChar): PAVInputFormat; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param pd data to be probed + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + *) +function av_probe_input_format(pd: PAVProbeData; is_opened: cint): PAVInputFormat; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param pd data to be probed + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a + * detection, the variable is set to the actual detection + * score afterwards. + * If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended + * to retry with a larger probe buffer. + *) +function av_probe_input_format2(pd: PAVProbeData; is_opened: cint; score_max: PCint): PAVInputFormat; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_ret The score of the best detection. + *) +function av_probe_input_format3(pd: PAVProbeData; is_opened: cint; score_ret: Pcint): PAVInputFormat; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Probe a bytestream to determine the input format. Each time a probe returns + * with a score that is too low, the probe buffer size is increased and another + * attempt is made. When the maximum probe size is reached, the input format + * with the highest score is returned. + * + * @param pb the bytestream to probe + * @param fmt the input format is put here + * @param url the url of the stream + * @param logctx the log context + * @param offset the offset within the bytestream to probe from + * @param max_probe_size the maximum probe buffer size (zero for default) + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + *) +function av_probe_input_buffer2(pb: PAVIOContext; var fmt: PAVInputFormat; + url: {const} PAnsiChar; logctx: pointer; + offset: cuint; max_probe_size: cuint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Like av_probe_input_buffer2() but returns 0 on success + *) +function av_probe_input_buffer(pb: PAVIOContext; var fmt: PAVInputFormat; + url: {const} PAnsiChar; logctx: pointer; + offset: cuint; max_probe_size: cuint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Open an input stream and read the header. The codecs are not opened. + * The stream must be closed with av_close_input_file(). + * + * @param ps Pointer to user-supplied AVFormatContext (allocated by avformat_alloc_context). + * May be a pointer to NULL, in which case an AVFormatContext is allocated by this + * function and written into ps. + * Note that a user-supplied AVFormatContext will be freed on failure. + * @param url URL of the stream to open. + * @param fmt If non-NULL, this parameter forces a specific input format. + * Otherwise the format is autodetected. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVFormatContext and demuxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note If you want to use custom IO, preallocate the format context and set its pb field. + *) +function avformat_open_input(ps: PPAVFormatContext; url: {const} PAnsiChar; fmt: PAVInputFormat; options: PPAVDictionary): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function av_demuxer_open(ic: PAVFormatContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; + +(** + * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This + * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This + * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat + * frame mode. + * The logical file position is not changed by this function; + * examined packets may be buffered for later processing. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param options If non-NULL, an ic.nb_streams long array of pointers to + * dictionaries, where i-th member contains options for + * codec corresponding to i-th stream. + * On return each dictionary will be filled with options that were not found. + * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + * + * @note this function isn't guaranteed to open all the codecs, so + * options being non-empty at return is a perfectly normal behavior. + * + * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that + * we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need. + *) +function avformat_find_stream_info(ic: PAVFormatContext; options: PPAVDictionary): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Find the programs which belong to a given stream. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param last the last found program, the search will start after this + * program, or from the beginning if it is NULL + * @param s stream index + * @return the next program which belongs to s, NULL if no program is found or + * the last program is not among the programs of ic. + *) +function av_find_program_from_stream(ic: PAVFormatContext; last: PAVProgram; s: cint): PAVProgram; + cdecl; external av__format; + +procedure av_program_add_stream_index(ac: PAVFormatContext; progid: cint; idx: cuint); + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Find the "best" stream in the file. + * The best stream is determined according to various heuristics as the most + * likely to be what the user expects. + * If the decoder parameter is non-NULL, av_find_best_stream will find the + * default decoder for the stream's codec; streams for which no decoder can + * be found are ignored. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param type stream type: video, audio, subtitles, etc. + * @param wanted_stream_nb user-requested stream number, + * or -1 for automatic selection + * @param related_stream try to find a stream related (eg. in the same + * program) to this one, or -1 if none + * @param decoder_ret if non-NULL, returns the decoder for the + * selected stream + * @param flags flags; none are currently defined + * @return the non-negative stream number in case of success, + * AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND if no stream with the requested type + * could be found, + * AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND if streams were found but no decoder + * @note If av_find_best_stream returns successfully and decoder_ret is not + * NULL, then *decoder_ret is guaranteed to be set to a valid AVCodec. + *) +function av_find_best_stream(ic: PAVFormatContext; + type_: TAVMediaType; + wanted_stream_nb: cint; + related_stream: cint; + decoder_ret: PPAVCodec; + flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Return the next frame of a stream. + * This function returns what is stored in the file, and does not validate + * that what is there are valid frames for the decoder. It will split what is + * stored in the file into frames and return one for each call. It will not + * omit invalid data between valid frames so as to give the decoder the maximum + * information possible for decoding. + * + * If pkt->buf is NULL, then the packet is valid until the next + * av_read_frame() or until avformat_close_input(). Otherwise the packet + * is valid indefinitely. In both cases the packet must be freed with + * av_packet_unref when it is no longer needed. For video, the packet contains + * exactly one frame. For audio, it contains an integer number of frames if each + * frame has a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM data). If the audio frames + * have a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio), then it contains one frame. + * + * pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct + * values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot + * provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format + * has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not + * decompress the payload. + * + * @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file + *) +function av_read_frame(s: PAVFormatContext; var pkt: TAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Seek to the keyframe at timestamp. + * 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default + * stream is selected, and timestamp is automatically converted + * from AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base. + * @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or, if no stream is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode + * @return >= 0 on success + *) +function av_seek_frame(s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint; timestamp: cint64; + flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + + +(** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + * + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in bytes and + * are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME, then all timestamps are in frames + * in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index + * or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as + * keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, it is ignored. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference + * @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp + * @param ts target timestamp + * @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp + * @param flags flags + * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise + * + * @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction. + * Thus do not use this yet. It may change at any time, do not expect + * ABI compatibility yet! + *) +function avformat_seek_file(s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint; min_ts, ts, max_ts: cint64; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Discard all internally buffered data. This can be useful when dealing with + * discontinuities in the byte stream. Generally works only with formats that + * can resync. This includes headerless formats like MPEG-TS/TS but should also + * work with NUT, Ogg and in a limited way AVI for example. + * + * The set of streams, the detected duration, stream parameters and codecs do + * not change when calling this function. If you want a complete reset, it's + * better to open a new AVFormatContext. + * + * This does not flush the AVIOContext (s->pb). If necessary, call + * avio_flush(s->pb) before calling this function. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise + *) +function avformat_flush(s: PAVFormatContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the + * current position. + *) +function av_read_play(s: PAVFormatContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream). + * + * Use av_read_play() to resume it. + *) +function av_read_pause(s: PAVFormatContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Close an opened input AVFormatContext. Free it and all its contents + * and set *s to NULL. + *) +procedure avformat_close_input(s: PPAVFormatContext); + cdecl; external av__format; +(** + * @} + *) + +const + AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD = 1; ///< seek backward + AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE = 2; ///< seeking based on position in bytes + AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY = 4; ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes + AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME = 8; + + AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER = 0; ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_write_header + AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT = 1; ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_init_output + + AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_MULTIPLE = 1; ///< Allow multiple %d + +(** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + *) +(** + * Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to + * an output media file. + * + * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context(). + * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format; + * Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext. + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec had not already been fully initialized in avformat_init, + * AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec had already been fully initialized in avformat_init, + * negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_init_output. + *) +function avformat_write_header(s: PAVFormatContext; options: {PPAVDictionary} pointer): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Allocate the stream private data and initialize the codec, but do not write the header. + * May optionally be used before avformat_write_header to initialize stream parameters + * before actually writing the header. + * If using this function, do not pass the same options to avformat_write_header. + * + * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context(). + * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format; + * Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext. + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec requires avformat_write_header to fully initialize, + * AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec has been fully initialized, + * negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_write_header. + *) +{av_warn_unused_result} +function avformat_init_output(s: PAVFormatContext; options: PPAVDictionary): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Write a packet to an output media file. + * + * This function passes the packet directly to the muxer, without any buffering + * or reordering. The caller is responsible for correctly interleaving the + * packets if the format requires it. Callers that want libavformat to handle + * the interleaving should call av_interleaved_write_frame() instead of this + * function. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. Note that unlike + * av_interleaved_write_frame(), this function does not take + * ownership of the packet passed to it (though some muxers may make + * an internal reference to the input packet). + *
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), in + * order to immediately flush data buffered within the muxer, for + * muxers that buffer up data internally before writing it to the + * output. + *
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be + * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref + * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". + *
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts") + * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then + * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * The dts for subsequent packets passed to this function must be strictly + * increasing when compared in their respective timebases (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they + * merely have to be nondecreasing). @ref AVPacket.duration + * "duration") should also be set if known. + * @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if flushed and there is no more data to flush + * + * @see av_interleaved_write_frame() + *) +function av_write_frame(s: PAVFormatContext; pkt: PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving. + * + * This function will buffer the packets internally as needed to make sure the + * packets in the output file are properly interleaved in the order of + * increasing dts. Callers doing their own interleaving should call + * av_write_frame() instead of this function. + * + * Using this function instead of av_write_frame() can give muxers advance + * knowledge of future packets, improving e.g. the behaviour of the mp4 + * muxer for VFR content in fragmenting mode. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. + *
+ * If the packet is reference-counted, this function will take + * ownership of this reference and unreference it later when it sees + * fit. + * The caller must not access the data through this reference after + * this function returns. If the packet is not reference-counted, + * libavformat will make a copy. + *
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), to + * flush the interleaving queues. + *
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be + * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref + * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". + *
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts") + * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then + * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * The dts for subsequent packets in one stream must be strictly + * increasing (unless the output format is flagged with the + * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they merely have to be nondecreasing). + * @ref AVPacket.duration "duration") should also be set if known. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. Libavformat will always + * take care of freeing the packet, even if this function fails. + * + * @see av_write_frame(), AVFormatContext.max_interleave_delta + *) +function av_interleaved_write_frame(s: PAVFormatContext; var pkt: TAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file. + * + * The frame must be correctly interleaved according to the container + * specification; if not, then av_interleaved_write_frame() must be used. + * + * See av_interleaved_write_frame() for details. + *) +function av_write_uncoded_frame(s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint; + frame: PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file. + * + * If the muxer supports it, this function makes it possible to write an AVFrame + * structure directly, without encoding it into a packet. + * It is mostly useful for devices and similar special muxers that use raw + * video or PCM data and will not serialize it into a byte stream. + * + * To test whether it is possible to use it with a given muxer and stream, + * use av_write_uncoded_frame_query(). + * + * The caller gives up ownership of the frame and must not access it + * afterwards. + * + * @return >=0 for success, a negative code on error + *) +function av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame(s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint; + frame: PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + + +(** + * Test whether a muxer supports uncoded frame. + * + * @return >=0 if an uncoded frame can be written to that muxer and stream, + * <0 if not + *) +function av_write_uncoded_frame_query(s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the + * file private data. + * + * May only be called after a successful call to avformat_write_header. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + *) +function av_write_trailer(s: pAVFormatContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Return the output format in the list of registered output formats + * which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if + * there is no match. + * + * @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the + * names of the registered formats + * @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the + * extensions of the registered formats + * @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the + * MIME type of the registered formats + *) +function av_guess_format(short_name: PAnsiChar; + filename: PAnsiChar; + mime_type: PAnsiChar): PAVOutputFormat; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename. + *) +function av_guess_codec(fmt: PAVOutputFormat; short_name: PAnsiChar; + filename: PAnsiChar; mime_type: PAnsiChar; + type_: TCodecType): TAVCodecID; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Get timing information for the data currently output. + * The exact meaning of "currently output" depends on the format. + * It is mostly relevant for devices that have an internal buffer and/or + * work in real time. + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream stream in the media file + * @param[out] dts DTS of the last packet output for the stream, in stream + * time_base units + * @param[out] wall absolute time when that packet whas output, + * in microsecond + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR(ENOSYS) if the format does not support it + * Note: some formats or devices may not allow to measure dts and wall + * atomically. + *) +function av_get_output_timestamp(s: PAVFormatContext; stream: cint; + dts: Pcint64; wall: Pcint64): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + + +(** + * @} + *) + + +(** + * @defgroup lavf_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavf + * @ + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both muxing and demuxing + * (or neither). + *) + +(** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + *) +procedure av_hex_dump(f: PAVFile; buf: {const} PByteArray; size: cint); {<-?FILE} + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump, av_pkt_dump_log + *) +procedure av_hex_dump_log(avcl: Pointer; level: cint; buf: {const} PByteArray; size: cint); + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + *) +procedure av_pkt_dump2(f: PAVFile; pkt: {const} PAVPacket; dump_payload: cint; st: {const} PAVStream); + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + *) +procedure av_pkt_dump_log2(avcl: pointer; level: cint; pkt: {const} PAVPacket; dump_payload: cint; + st: {const} PAVStream); + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Get the AVCodecID for the given codec tag tag. + * If no codec id is found returns AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param tag codec tag to match to a codec ID + *) +function av_codec_get_id(var tags: PAVCodecTag; tag: cuint): TAVCodecID; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Getsthe codec tag for the given codec id id. + * If no codec tag is found returns 0. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param id codec ID to match to a codec tag + *) +function av_codec_get_tag(var tags: PAVCodecTag; id: TAVCodecID): cuint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Get the codec tag for the given codec id. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id - codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param id codec id that should be searched for in the list + * @param tag A pointer to the found tag + * @return 0 if id was not found in tags, > 0 if it was found + *) +function av_codec_get_tag2(var tags: PAVCodecTag; id: TAVCodecID; + tag: Pcuint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function av_find_default_stream_index(s: PAVFormatContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Get the index for a specific timestamp. + * + * @param st stream that the timestamp belongs to + * @param timestamp timestamp to retrieve the index for + * @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond + * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward + * is 0, then it will be >= + * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise + * @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found + *) +function av_index_search_timestamp(st: PAVStream; timestamp: cint64; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list + * already contains it. + * + * @param timestamp timestamp in the timebase of the given stream + *) +function av_add_index_entry(st: PAVStream; pos: cint64; timestamp: cint64; + size: cint; distance: cint; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Split a URL string into components. + * + * The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null, + * in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are + * set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative + * value. + * + * @param proto the buffer for the protocol + * @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer + * @param authorization the buffer for the authorization + * @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer + * @param hostname the buffer for the host name + * @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer + * @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in + * @param path the buffer for the path + * @param path_size the size of the path buffer + * @param url the URL to split + *) +procedure av_url_split(proto: PAnsiChar; proto_size: cint; + authorization: PAnsiChar; authorization_size: cint; + hostname: PAnsiChar; hostname_size: cint; + port_ptr: Pcint; + path: PAnsiChar; path_size: cint; + url: {const} PAnsiChar); + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Print detailed information about the input or output format, such as + * duration, bitrate, streams, container, programs, metadata, side data, + * codec and time base. + * + * @param ic the context to analyze + * @param index index of the stream to dump information about + * @param url the URL to print, such as source or destination file + * @param is_output Select whether the specified context is an input(0) or output(1) + *) +procedure av_dump_format(ic: PAVFormatContext; + index: cint; + url: {const} PAnsiChar; + is_output: cint); + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number. + * + * Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number + * of digits and '%%'. + * + * @param buf destination buffer + * @param buf_size destination buffer size + * @param path numbered sequence string + * @param number frame number + * @param flags AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_* + * @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error + *) +function av_get_frame_filename2(buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint; + path: {const} PAnsiChar; number: cint; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; +function av_get_frame_filename(buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint; + path: {const} PAnsiChar; number: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator. + * + * @param filename possible numbered sequence string + * @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise + *) +function av_filename_number_test(filename: {const} PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Generate an SDP for an RTP session. + * + * Note, this overwrites the id values of AVStreams in the muxer contexts + * for getting unique dynamic payload types. + * + * @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the + * array is composed by only one context, such context can contain + * multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise, + * all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream) + * must contain only one AVStream. + * @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac + * @param buf buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by + * the caller) + * @param size the size of the buffer + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + *) +function av_sdp_create(ac: pointer; n_files: cint; buf: PAnsiChar; size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given + * extensions, 0 otherwise. + * + * @param filename file name to check against the given extensions + * @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions + *) +function av_match_ext(filename: {const} Pchar; extensions: {const} Pchar): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Test if the given container can store a codec. + * + * @param ofmt container to check for compatibility + * @param codec_id codec to potentially store in container + * @param std_compliance standards compliance level, one of FF_COMPLIANCE_* + * + * @return 1 if codec with ID codec_id can be stored in ofmt, 0 if it cannot. + * A negative number if this information is not available. + *) +function avformat_query_codec(ofmt: {const} PAVOutputFormat; codec_id: TAVCodecID; + std_compliance: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * @defgroup riff_fourcc RIFF FourCCs + * @ + * Get the tables mapping RIFF FourCCs to libavcodec AVCodecIDs. The tables are + * meant to be passed to av_codec_get_id()/av_codec_get_tag() as in the + * following code: + * @code + * uint32_t tag = MKTAG('H', '2', '6', '4'); + * const struct AVCodecTag *table[] = { avformat_get_riff_video_tags(), 0 }; + * enum AVCodecID id = av_codec_get_id(table, tag); + * @endcode + *) +(** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. + *) +function avformat_get_riff_video_tags(): {const} PAVCodecTag; + cdecl; external av__format; +(** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. + *) +function avformat_get_riff_audio_tags(): {const} PAVCodecTag; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. + *) +function avformat_get_mov_video_tags(): {const} PAVCodecTag; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. + *) +function avformat_get_mov_audio_tags(): {const} PAVCodecTag; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Guess the sample aspect ratio of a frame, based on both the stream and the + * frame aspect ratio. + * + * Since the frame aspect ratio is set by the codec but the stream aspect ratio + * is set by the demuxer, these two may not be equal. This function tries to + * return the value that you should use if you would like to display the frame. + * + * Basic logic is to use the stream aspect ratio if it is set to something sane + * otherwise use the frame aspect ratio. This way a container setting, which is + * usually easy to modify can override the coded value in the frames. + * + * @param format the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame with the aspect ratio to be determined + * @return the guessed (valid) sample_aspect_ratio, 0/1 if no idea + *) +function av_guess_sample_aspect_ratio(format: PAVFormatContext; stream: PAVStream; frame: PAVFrame): TAVRational; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Guess the frame rate, based on both the container and codec information. + * + * @param ctx the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame for which the frame rate should be determined, may be NULL + * @return the guessed (valid) frame rate, 0/1 if no idea + *) +function av_guess_frame_rate(ctx: PAVFormatContext; stream: PAVStream; frame: PAVFrame): TAVRational; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Check if the stream st contained in s is matched by the stream specifier + * spec. + * + * See the "stream specifiers" chapter in the documentation for the syntax + * of spec. + * + * @return >0 if st is matched by spec; + * 0 if st is not matched by spec; + * AVERROR code if spec is invalid + * + * @note A stream specifier can match several streams in the format. + *) +function avformat_match_stream_specifier(s: PAVFormatContext; st: PAVStream; + spec: PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avformat_queue_attached_pictures(s: PAVFormatContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_BSF} +(** + * Apply a list of bitstream filters to a packet. + * + * @param codec AVCodecContext, usually from an AVStream + * @param pkt the packet to apply filters to. If, on success, the returned + * packet has size == 0 and side_data_elems == 0, it indicates that + * the packet should be dropped + * @param pkt the packet to apply filters to + * @param bsfc a NULL-terminated list of filters to apply + * @return >=0 on success; + * AVERROR code on failure + *) +function av_apply_bitstream_filters(codec: PAVCodecContext; pkt: PAVPacket; + bsfc: PAVBitStreamFilterContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Transfer internal timing information from one stream to another. + * + * This function is useful when doing stream copy. + * + * @param ofmt target output format for ost + * @param ost output stream which needs timings copy and adjustments + * @param ist reference input stream to copy timings from + * @param copy_tb define from where the stream codec timebase needs to be imported + *) +function avformat_transfer_internal_stream_timing_info(ofmt: {const} PAVOutputFormat; + ost: PAVStream; ist: {const} PAVStream; + copy_tb: TAVTimebaseSource): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Get the internal codec timebase from a stream. + * + * @param st input stream to extract the timebase from + *) +function av_stream_get_codec_timebase(st: {const} PAVStream): TAVRational; + cdecl; external av__format; + +implementation + +end. diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avio.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avio.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..25a89489 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avio.pas @@ -0,0 +1,992 @@ +(* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg. + * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows. + * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT + * in the source codes. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavformat/avio.h + * unbuffered I/O operations + * @warning This file has to be considered an internal but installed + * header, so it should not be directly included in your projects. + * + * update to + * avformat version: 56.4.101 + *) + +unit avio; + +{$IFDEF FPC} + {$MODE DELPHI } + {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) + {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *) +{$ELSE} + {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) +{$ENDIF} + +{$I switches.inc} + +interface + +uses + ctypes, + {$IFDEF UNIX} + BaseUnix, // for SEEK_CUR + {$ENDIF} + avcodec, + avutil, + SysUtils, + UConfig; + +(** + * Those FF_API_* defines are not part of public API. + * They may change, break or disappear at any time. + *) +const + FF_API_URL_CLASS = (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR >= 53); + +const + (** + * Seeking works like for a local file. + *) + AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL = (1 << 0); + + (** + * Seeking by timestamp with avio_seek_time() is possible. + *) + AVIO_SEEKABLE_TIME = (1 << 1); + +type + TReadWriteFunc = function(opaque: Pointer; buf: PByteArray; buf_size: cint): cint; cdecl; + TSeekFunc = function(opaque: Pointer; offset: cint64; whence: cint): cint64; cdecl; + Tcallback = function(p: pointer): cint; cdecl; + +type +(** + * Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions. + * AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted + * function. During blocking operations, callback is called with + * opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the + * blocking operation will be aborted. + * + * No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if + * new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext + * or AVIOContext. + *) + PAVIOInterruptCB = ^TAVIOInterruptCB; + TAVIOInterruptCB = record + callback: Tcallback; + opaque: pointer; + end; (*TAVIOInterruptCB*) + + (** + * Directory entry types. + *) + TAVIODirEntryType = ( + AVIO_ENTRY_UNKNOWN, + AVIO_ENTRY_BLOCK_DEVICE, + AVIO_ENTRY_CHARACTER_DEVICE, + AVIO_ENTRY_DIRECTORY, + AVIO_ENTRY_NAMED_PIPE, + AVIO_ENTRY_SYMBOLIC_LINK, + AVIO_ENTRY_SOCKET, + AVIO_ENTRY_FILE, + AVIO_ENTRY_SERVER, + AVIO_ENTRY_SHARE, + AVIO_ENTRY_WORKGROUP + ); + + TAVIODataMarkerType = ( + (** + * Header data; this needs to be present for the stream to be decodeable. + *) + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, + (** + * A point in the output bytestream where a decoder can start decoding + * (i.e. a keyframe). A demuxer/decoder given the data flagged with + * AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, followed by any AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT, + * should give decodeable results. + *) + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT, + (** + * A point in the output bytestream where a demuxer can start parsing + * (for non self synchronizing bytestream formats). That is, any + * non-keyframe packet start point. + *) + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT, + (** + * This is any, unlabelled data. It can either be a muxer not marking + * any positions at all, it can be an actual boundary/sync point + * that the muxer chooses not to mark, or a later part of a packet/fragment + * that is cut into multiple write callbacks due to limited IO buffer size. + *) + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN, + (** + * Trailer data, which doesn't contain actual content, but only for + * finalizing the output file. + *) + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_TRAILER, + (** + * A point in the output bytestream where the underlying AVIOContext might + * flush the buffer depending on latency or buffering requirements. Typically + * means the end of a packet. + *) + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_FLUSH_POINT + ); + + (** + * Describes single entry of the directory. + * + * Only name and type fields are guaranteed be set. + * Rest of fields are protocol or/and platform dependent and might be unknown. + *) + PPAVIODirEntry = ^PAVIODirEntry; + PAVIODirEntry = ^TAVIODirEntry; + TAVIODirEntry = record + name: PAnsiChar; (**< Filename *) + type_: cint; (**< Type of the entry *) + utf8: cint; (**< Set to 1 when name is encoded with UTF-8, 0 otherwise. + Name can be encoded with UTF-8 even though 0 is set. *) + size: cint64; (**< File size in bytes, -1 if unknown. *) + modification_timestamp: cint64; (**< Time of last modification in microseconds since unix + epoch, -1 if unknown. *) + access_timestamp: cint64; (**< Time of last access in microseconds since unix epoch, + -1 if unknown. *) + status_change_timestamp: cint64; (**< Time of last status change in microseconds since unix + epoch, -1 if unknown. *) + user_id: cint64; (**< User ID of owner, -1 if unknown. *) + group_id: cint64; (**< Group ID of owner, -1 if unknown. *) + filemode: cint64; (**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. *) + end; + + PPAVIODirContext = ^PAVIODirContext; + PAVIODirContext = ^TAVIODirContext; + TAVIODirContext = record + url_context: pointer; + (** struct URLContext *url_context; *) + end; + +(** + * Bytestream IO Context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*. + * + * @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called + * directly, they should only be set by the client application + * when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the + * function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context() + *) + PPAVIOContext = ^PAVIOContext; + PAVIOContext = ^TAVIOContext; + TAVIOContext = record + (** + * A class for private options. + * + * If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and + * passes the options down to protocols. + * + * If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by + * the caller. + * + * warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext + * to any av_opt_* functions in that case. + *) + av_class: {const} PAVClass; + + (* + * The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr, + * buf_ptr_max, buf_end, buf_size, and pos, when reading and when writing + * (since AVIOContext is used for both): + * + ********************************************************************************** + * READING + ********************************************************************************** + * + * | buffer_size | + * |---------------------------------------| + * | | + * + * buffer buf_ptr buf_end + * +---------------+-----------------------+ + * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| | + * read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| | + * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| | + * +---------------+-----------------------+ + * + * pos + * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+ + * input file: | | | + * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+ + * + * + ********************************************************************************** + * WRITING + ********************************************************************************** + * + * | buffer_size | + * |--------------------------------------| + * | | + * + * buf_ptr_max + * buffer (buf_ptr) buf_end + * +-----------------------+--------------+ + * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| | + * write buffer: | / / to be flushed / / | | + * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| | + * +-----------------------+--------------+ + * buf_ptr can be in this + * due to a backward seek + * + * pos + * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+ + * output file: | | | + * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+ + * + *) + + buffer: PByteArray; (**< Start of the buffer. *) + buffer_size: cint; (**< Maximum buffer size *) + buf_ptr: PByteArray; (**< Current position in the buffer *) + buf_end: PByteArray; (**< End of the data, may be less than + buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned + less data than requested, e.g. for streams where + no more data has been received yet. *) + opaque: pointer; (**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/... + functions. *) + read_packet: TReadWriteFunc; + write_packet: TReadWriteFunc; + seek: TSeekFunc; + pos: cint64; (**< position in the file of the current buffer *) + must_flush: cint; (**< unused *) + eof_reached: cint; (**< true if eof reached *) + write_flag: cint; (**< true if open for writing *) + max_packet_size: cint; + checksum: culong; + checksum_ptr: PByteArray; + update_checksum: function (checksum: culong; buf: {const} PAnsiChar; size: cuint): culong; cdecl; + error: cint; (**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened *) + (** + * Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS. + *) + read_pause: function(opaque: Pointer; pause: cint): cint; cdecl; + (** + * Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index. + * Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking + * to byte position. + *) + read_seek: function(opaque: Pointer; stream_index: cint; + timestamp: cint64; flags: cint): cint64; cdecl; + (** + * A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable. + *) + seekable: cint; + + (** + * max filesize, used to limit allocations + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + *) + maxsize: cint64; + + (** + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + *) + direct: cint; + + (** + * Bytes read statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + *) + bytes_read: cint64; + + (** + * seek statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + *) + seek_count: cint; + + (** + * writeout statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + *) + writeout_count: cint; + + (** + * Original buffer size + * used internally after probing and ensure seekback to reset the buffer size + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + *) + orig_buffer_size: cint; + + (** + * Threshold to favor readahead over seek. + * This is current internal only, do not use from outside. + *) + short_seek_threshold: cint; + + (** + * ',' separated list of allowed protocols. + *) + protocol_whitelist: {const} PAnsiChar; + + (** + * A callback that is used instead of write_packet. + *) + write_data_type: function(opaque: pointer; buf: Pcuint8; buf_size: cint; + type_: TAVIODataMarkerType; time: cint64): cint; cdecl; + (** + * If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT, + * but ignore them and treat them as AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN (to avoid needlessly + * small chunks of data returned from the callback). + *) + ignore_boundary_point: cint; + + (** + * Internal, not meant to be used from outside of AVIOContext. + *) + current_type: TAVIODataMarkerType; + last_time: cint64; + + (** + * A callback that is used instead of short_seek_threshold. + * This is current internal only, do not use from outside. + *) + short_seek_get: function(opaque: pointer): cint; cdecl; + + written: cint64; + + (** + * Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer, + * used keeping track of already written data for a later flush. + *) + buf_ptr_max: PByteArray; + + (** + * Try to buffer at least this amount of data before flushing it + *) + min_packet_size: cint; + end; {AVIOContext} + +(* unbuffered I/O *) + +(** + * Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL. + * + * NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL. + * + * @return Name of the protocol or NULL. + *) +function avio_find_protocol_name(url: {const} PAnsiChar): {const} PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Return AVIO_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions + * of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are + * masked by the value in flags. + * + * @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the + * checked resource may change its existence or permission status from + * one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value, + * unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the + * checked resource. + *) +function avio_check(url: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Move or rename a resource. + * + * @note url_src and url_dst should share the same protocol and authority. + * + * @param url_src url to resource to be moved + * @param url_dst new url to resource if the operation succeeded + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + *) +function avpriv_io_move(url_src: {const} PAnsiChar; url_dst: {const} PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Delete a resource. + * + * @param url resource to be deleted. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + *) +function avpriv_io_delete(url: {const} PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Open directory for reading. + * + * @param s directory read context. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed. + * @param url directory to be listed. + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dictionary + * containing options that were not found. May be NULL. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + *) +function avio_open_dir(s: PPAVIODirContext; url: {const} PAnsiChar; options: PPAVDictionary): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Get next directory entry. + * + * Returned entry must be freed with avio_free_directory_entry(). In particular + * it may outlive AVIODirContext. + * + * @param s directory read context. + * @param[out] next next entry or NULL when no more entries. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. End of list is not considered an + * error. + *) +function avio_read_dir(s: PAVIODirContext; next: PPAVIODirEntry): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Close directory. + * + * @note Entries created using avio_read_dir() are not deleted and must be + * freeded with avio_free_directory_entry(). + * + * @param s directory read context. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + *) +function avio_close_dir(s: PPAVIODirContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Free entry allocated by avio_read_dir(). + * + * @param entry entry to be freed. + *) +procedure avio_free_directory_entry(entry: PPAVIODirEntry); + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later + * freed with avio_context_free(). + * + * @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext. + * The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends. + * It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat. + * AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use, + * which must be later freed with av_free(). + * @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance. + * For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize. + * For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb. + * @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise. + * @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data. + * @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL. + * For stream protocols, must never return 0 but rather + * a proper AVERROR code. + * @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL. + * The function may not change the input buffers content. + * @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL. + * + * @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure. + *) +function avio_alloc_context( + buffer: PAnsiChar; + buffer_size: cint; + write_flag: cint; + opaque: Pointer; + read_packet: TReadWriteFunc; + write_packet: TReadWriteFunc; + seek: TSeekFunc): PAVIOContext; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Free the supplied IO context and everything associated with it. + * + * @param s Double pointer to the IO context. This function will write NULL + * into s. + *) +procedure avio_context_free(s: PAVIOContext); + cdecl; external av__format; + +procedure avio_w8(s: PAVIOContext; b: cint); + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure avio_write(s: PAVIOContext; buf: {const} PAnsiChar; size: cint); + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure avio_wl64(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint64); + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure avio_wb64(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint64); + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure avio_wl32(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint); + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure avio_wb32(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint); + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure avio_wl24(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint); + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure avio_wb24(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint); + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure avio_wl16(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint); + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure avio_wb16(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint); + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Write a NULL-terminated string. + * @return number of bytes written. + *) +function avio_put_str(s: PAVIOContext; str: {const} PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it. + * @param s the AVIOContext + * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string + * + * @return number of bytes written. + *) +function avio_put_str16le(s: PAVIOContext; str: {const} PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16BE and write it. + * @param s the AVIOContext + * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string + * + * @return number of bytes written. + *) +function avio_put_str16be(s: PAVIOContext; str: {const} PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Mark the written bytestream as a specific type. + * + * Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output. + * + * @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to + * (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not + * applicable + * @param type the kind of data written starting at the current pos + *) +procedure avio_write_marker(s: PAVIOContext; time: cint64; type_: TAVIODataMarkerType); + cdecl; external av__format; + +const +(** + * ORing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional. + * If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0. + *) + AVSEEK_SIZE = $10000; + +(** + * Passing this flag as into the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable + * means that can be extremely slow. + * This may be ignored by the seek code. + *) + AVSEEK_FORCE = $20000; + +(** + * fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return new position or AVERROR. + *) +function avio_seek(s: PAVIOContext; offset: cint64; whence: cint): cint64; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Skip given number of bytes forward + * @return new position or AVERROR. + *) +function avio_skip(s: PAVIOContext; offset: cint64): cint64; + cdecl; external av__format; + +{$IFDEF UNIX} +(** + * ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return position or AVERROR. + *) +function avio_tell(s: PAVIOContext): cint64; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +{$ELSE} +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Get the filesize. + * @return filesize or AVERROR + *) +function avio_size(s: PAVIOContext): cint64; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * feof() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return non zero if and only if end of file + *) +function avio_feof(s: PAVIOContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** @warning Writes up to 4 KiB per call *) +function avio_printf(s: PAVIOContext; fmt: {const} PAnsiChar; args: array of const): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Force flushing of buffered data. + * + * For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output, + * without to wait to fill the internal buffer. + * + * For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the + * reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not + * read new data, and does not perform any seeks. + *) +procedure avio_flush(s: PAVIOContext); + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. + * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR + *) +function avio_read(s: PAVIOContext; buf: Pbyte; size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. Unlike avio_read(), this is allowed + * to read fewer bytes than requested. The missing bytes can be read in the next + * call. This always tries to read at least 1 byte. + * Useful to reduce latency in certain cases. + * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR + *) +function avio_read_partial(s: PAVIOContext; buf: Pbyte; size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext + * @ + * + * @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is + * necessary + *) +function avio_r8(s: PAVIOContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avio_rl16(s: PAVIOContext): cuint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avio_rl24(s: PAVIOContext): cuint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avio_rl32(s: PAVIOContext): cuint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avio_rl64(s: PAVIOContext): cuint64; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avio_rb16(s: PAVIOContext): cuint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avio_rb24(s: PAVIOContext): cuint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avio_rb32(s: PAVIOContext): cuint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avio_rb64(s: PAVIOContext): cuint64; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * @ + *) +(** + * Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either + * a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing + * more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it + * will be truncated if buf is too small. + * Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it + * might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings. + * + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen). + * If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than + * bytes actually read. + *) +function avio_get_str(pb: PAVIOContext; maxlen: cint; buf: PAnsiChar; buflen: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8. + * The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was + * encountered or maxlen bytes have been read. + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen) + *) +function avio_get_str16le(pb: PAVIOContext; maxlen: cint; buf: PAnsiChar; buflen: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avio_get_str16be(pb: PAVIOContext; maxlen: cint; buf: PAnsiChar; buflen: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * @name URL open modes + * The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following + * constants, optionally ORed with other flags. + * @{ + *) +const + AVIO_FLAG_READ = 1; (**< read-only *) + AVIO_FLAG_WRITE = 2; (**< write-only *) + AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE = {(AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE)} 3; (**< read-write pseudo flag *) +(** + * @ + *) + +const +(** + * Use non-blocking mode. + * If this flag is set, operations on the context will return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately. + * If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). + * Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the + * context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on + * network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices). + * Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be + * silently ignored. + *) + AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK = 8; + +(** + * Use direct mode. + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + *) + AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT = $8000; + +(** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + *) +function avio_open(s: PPAVIOContext; url: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options + * that were not found. May be NULL. + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + *) +function avio_open2(s: PPAVIOContext; {const} url: PAnsiChar; flags: cint; + {const} int_cb: PAVIOInterruptCB; options: PPAVDictionary): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_close + *) +function avio_close(s: PAVIOContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it + * and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_close + *) +function avio_closep(s: PPAVIOContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Open a write only memory stream. + * + * @param s new IO context + * @return zero if no error. + *) +function avio_open_dyn_buf(s: PPAVIOContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. + * The AVIOContext stream is left intact. + * The buffer must NOT be freed. + * No padding is added to the buffer. + * + * @param s IO context + * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer + * @return the length of the byte buffer + *) +function avio_get_dyn_buf(s: PAVIOContext; var pbuffer: Pcuint8): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer + * must be freed with av_free(). + * Padding of AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer. + * + * @param s IO context + * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer + * @return the length of the byte buffer + *) +function avio_close_dyn_buf(s: PAVIOContext; var pbuffer: Pcuint8): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Iterate through names of available protocols. + * + * @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol. + * It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will + * be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols. + * @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols, + * otherwise over input protocols. + * + * @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL + *) +function avio_enum_protocols(var opaque: Pointer; output: cint): {const} PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming + * protocol (e.g. MMS). + * @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume + *) +function avio_pause(h: PAVIOContext; pause: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream. + * Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.). + * @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to. + * If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE + * units from the beginning of the presentation. + * If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support + * seeking based on component streams, the call will fail with ENOTSUP. + * @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE + * and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore + * AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will + * fail with ENOTSUP if used and not supported. + * @return >= 0 on success + * @see AVInputFormat: : read_seek + *) +function avio_seek_time(h: PAVIOContext; stream_index: cint; + timestamp: cint64; flags: cint): cint64; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. *) +type + PAVBPrint = ^TAVBPrint; + TAVBPrint = record + end; + +(** + * Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF. + * + * @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error + * code otherwise + *) +function avio_read_to_bprint(h: PAVIOContext; pb: PAVBPrint; max_size: size_t): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Accept and allocate a client context on a server context. + * @param s the server context + * @param c the client context, must be unallocated + * @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding + * to an AVERROR on failure + *) +function avio_accept(s: PAVIOContext; c: PPAVIOContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client. + * This function must be called on a client returned by avio_accept() before + * using it as a read/write context. + * It is separate from avio_accept() because it may block. + * A step of the handshake is defined by places where the application may + * decide to change the proceedings. + * For example, on a protocol with a request header and a reply header, each + * one can constitute a step because the application may use the parameters + * from the request to change parameters in the reply; or each individual + * chunk of the request can constitute a step. + * If the handshake is already finished, avio_handshake() does nothing and + * returns 0 immediately. + * + * @param c the client context to perform the handshake on + * @return 0 on a complete and successful handshake + * > 0 if the handshake progressed, but is not complete + * < 0 for an AVERROR code + *) +function avio_handshake(c: PAVIOContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +implementation + +(** + * For SEEK_CUR on Windows + * values taken from stdio.h of C + *) +{$IFNDEF SEEK_SET} +const + SEEK_SET = 0; +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFNDEF SEEK_CUR} +const + SEEK_CUR = 1; +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFNDEF SEEK_END} +const + SEEK_END = 2; +{$ENDIF} + +function avio_tell(s: PAVIOContext): cint64; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +begin + Result := avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR); +end; + + +end. diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avutil.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avutil.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e5e64bd --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/avutil.pas @@ -0,0 +1,366 @@ +(* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg. + * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows. + * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT + * in the source codes. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversions of + * + * libavutil/avutil.h: + * version: 54.7.100 + * + *) + +unit avutil; + +{$IFDEF FPC} + {$MODE DELPHI} + {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) + {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *) + {$MACRO ON} (* Turn macro support on *) +{$ELSE} + {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) +{$ENDIF} + +{$I ff_api-defines.inc} (* FF_API_* defines *) + +{$IFDEF DARWIN} + {$linklib libavutil} +{$ENDIF} + +interface + +uses + ctypes, + rational, + {$IFDEF UNIX} + BaseUnix, + {$ENDIF} + UConfig; + +const + (* Max. supported version by this header *) + LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR = 56; + LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_MINOR = 22; + LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE = 100; + LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION = (LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) + + (LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) + + (LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE); + + (* Min. supported version by this header *) + LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR = 56; + LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_MINOR = 14; + LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE = 100; + LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION = (LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) + + (LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) + + (LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE); + +(* Check if linked versions are supported *) +{$IF (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION < LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION)} + {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavutil is too old!'} +{$IFEND} + +{$IF (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION > LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION)} + {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavutil is not yet supported!'} +{$IFEND} + +type +{$IFNDEF FPC} + // defines for Delphi + size_t = cardinal; +{$ENDIF} + Psize_t = ^size_t; + +(** + * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant. + *) +function avutil_version(): cuint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release + * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format + * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code. + *) +function av_version_info(): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Return the libavutil build-time configuration. + *) +function avutil_configuration(): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Return the libavutil license. + *) +function avutil_license(): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type + * @brief Media Type + *) + +type + + PAVFile = pointer; + + TAVMediaType = ( + AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA + AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous + AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse + AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB + ); + +(** + * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type + * is unknown. + *) +function av_get_media_type_string(media_type: TAVMediaType): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; + +const + FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT = 7; + FF_LAMBDA_SCALE = (1 shl FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT); + FF_QP2LAMBDA = 118; ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda + FF_LAMBDA_MAX = (256*128-1); + + FF_QUALITY_SCALE = FF_LAMBDA_SCALE; //FIXME maybe remove + +(** + * @brief Undefined timestamp value + * + * Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide + * either pts or dts. + *) + + AV_NOPTS_VALUE = $8000000000000000; + +(** + * Internal time base represented as integer + *) + + AV_TIME_BASE = 1000000; + +(** + * Internal time base represented as fractional value + *) + + AV_TIME_BASE_Q : TAVRational = (num: 1; den: AV_TIME_BASE); + +(** + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavu_picture Image related + * + * AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation. + * + * @ + *) + +type + TAVPictureType = ( + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG-4 + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI ///< BI type + ); + +(** + * Return a single letter to describe the given picture type + * pict_type. + * + * @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character + * representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown + *) +function av_get_picture_type_char(pict_type: TAVPictureType): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Return x default pointer in case p is NULL. + *) +function av_x_if_null(p: {const} pointer; x: {const} pointer): pointer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Compute the length of an integer list. + * + * @param elsize size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8) + * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) + * @param list pointer to the list + * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator + *) +function av_int_list_length_for_size(elsize: cuint; + {const} list: pointer; term: cuint64): cuint; {av_pure} + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Compute the length of an integer list. + * + * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) + * @param list pointer to the list + * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator + *) +function av_int_list_length({const} list: pointer; term: cuint64): cuint; + +(** + * Open a file using a UTF-8 filename. + * The API of this function matches POSIX fopen(), errors are returned through + * errno. + *) +function av_fopen_utf8(path: {const} Pchar; mode: {const} Pchar): PAVFile; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Return the fractional representation of the internal time base. + *) +function av_get_time_base_q: TAVRational; + cdecl; external av__util; + +const AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE = 32; + +function av_fourcc2str(fourcc: cuint64): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a FourCC (four-character + * code) representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param fourcc the fourcc to represent + * @return the buffer in input + *) +function av_fourcc_make_string(buf: PAnsiChar; fourcc: cuint64): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/cpu.pas} + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/dict.pas} + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/error.pas} + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/mathematics.pas} + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/mem.pas} + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/log.pas} + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/pixfmt.pas} + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/samplefmt.pas} + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/opt.pas} + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/buffer.pas} + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/frame.pas} + + +(* libavutil/common.h *) // until now MKTAG and MKBETAG is all from common.h KMS 19/5/2010 + +(** + * MKTAG and MKBETAG are usually used to convert a magic string to an enumeration index. + * In Pascal this can probably not be used and the functions could be removed. + * KMS 8/6/2012 + *) +function MKTAG (a, b, c, d: AnsiChar): integer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +function MKBETAG(a, b, c, d: AnsiChar): integer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} + +implementation + +uses + SysUtils; + +function av_x_if_null(p: {const} pointer; x: {const} pointer): pointer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +begin + if p = nil then + Result := x + else + Result := p; +end; + +function av_int_list_length({const} list: pointer; term: cuint64): cuint; +begin + // KMS 2013: It is not really clear whether it should be sizeof(pointer) or sizeof(cint). + // Going for the larger one (pointer) should at least prevent buffer overflows. + // So, the result is either 4 byte or 8 byte. + Result := av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(pointer), list, term); +end; + +(* libavutil/common.h *) + +function MKTAG(a, b, c, d: AnsiChar): integer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +begin + Result := (ord(a) or (ord(b) shl 8) or (ord(c) shl 16) or (ord(d) shl 24)); +end; + +function MKBETAG(a, b, c, d: AnsiChar): integer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +begin + Result := (ord(d) or (ord(c) shl 8) or (ord(b) shl 16) or (ord(a) shl 24)); +end; + +(* libavutil/error.h *) + +function av_make_error_string(errbuf: Pchar; errbuf_size: size_t; errnum: cint): Pchar; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +begin + av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size); + av_make_error_string := errbuf; +end; + +function av_err2str(errnum: cint): pchar; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +var + errbuf: Pchar; +begin + errbuf := stralloc(AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE); + av_make_error_string(errbuf, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum); + av_err2str := errbuf; +end; + +(* libavutil/mem.h *) + +function av_size_mult(a: size_t; b: size_t; r: Psize_t): size_t; + cdecl; external av__util; +(* To Be Implemented, March 2012 KMS *) +//function av_size_mult(a: size_t; b: size_t; r: pointer): size_t; +//begin +// { +// size_t t = a * b; +// /* Hack inspired from glibc: only try the division if nelem and elsize +// * are both greater than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */ +// if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b) +// return AVERROR(EINVAL); +// *r = t; +// return 0; +//} +//end; + +function AVERROR(e: integer): integer; +begin + AVERROR := AVERROR_SIGN * e; +end; + +end. diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/ff_api-defines.inc b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/ff_api-defines.inc new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ac8eedd --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/ff_api-defines.inc @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +// prevent pasdoc from parsing this file +{$IFNDEF PASDOC} + +(** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + *) + +(** avcodec defines *) +{$ifndef FF_API_LOWRES} +{$define FF_API_LOWRES := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_DEBUG_MV} +{$define FF_API_DEBUG_MV := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE} +{$define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_CODED_FRAME} +{$define FF_API_CODED_FRAME := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT} +{$define FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT:= (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE} +{$define FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION} +{$define FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_AVPICTURE} +{$define FF_API_AVPICTURE := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API} +{$define FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK} +{$define FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_VBV_DELAY} +{$define FF_API_VBV_DELAY := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_CODER_TYPE} +{$define FF_API_CODER_TYPE := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_STAT_BITS} +{$define FF_API_STAT_BITS := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT} +{$define FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_ASS_TIMING} +{$define FF_API_ASS_TIMING := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_OLD_BSF} +{$define FF_API_OLD_BSF := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT} +{$define FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS} +{$define FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME} +{$define FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT} +{$define FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_MERGE_SD_API} +{$define FF_API_MERGE_SD_API := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_TAG_STRING} +{$define FF_API_TAG_STRING := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_GETCHROMA} +{$define FF_API_GETCHROMA := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET} +{$define FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL} +{$define FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_LOCKMGR} +{$define FF_API_LOCKMGR := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_NEXT} +{$define FF_API_NEXT := (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} + +(* avutil defines *) +{$ifndef FF_API_VAAPI} +{$define FF_API_VAAPI := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_FRAME_QP} +{$define FF_API_FRAME_QP := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1} +{$define FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_ERROR_FRAME} +{$define FF_API_ERROR_FRAME := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_PKT_PTS} +{$define FF_API_PKT_PTS := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T} +{$define FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET} +{$define FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_PSEUDOPAL} +{$define FF_API_PSEUDOPAL := (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)} +{$endif} + +(** avformat FF_API defines *) +{$ifndef FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2} +{$define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS} +{$define FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX} +{$define FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT} +{$define FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_HLS_WRAP} +{$define FF_API_HLS_WRAP := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG} +{$define FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API} +{$define FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET} +{$define FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0} +{$define FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0 := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER} +{$define FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME} +{$define FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS} +{$define FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_NEXT} +{$define FF_API_NEXT := (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)} +{$endif} + +{$ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE} +{$define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE := 1} +{$endif} + +(** swscale FF_API defines *) +{$ifndef FF_API_SWS_VECTOR} +{$define FF_API_SWS_VECTOR := (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 6)} +{$endif} + +{$ENDIF PASDOC} diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavcodec/audioconvert.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavcodec/audioconvert.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cf6c96bb --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavcodec/audioconvert.pas @@ -0,0 +1,294 @@ +(* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/channel_layout.h and libavcodec/audioconvert.h + * avutil version 52.66.100; avcodec version 55.52.102 + * + *) + +(** libavutil/channel_layout.h **) + +(** + * @file + * audio channel layout utility functions + *) + +(** + * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks + * + * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel. + * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels. + * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known. + * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels + * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as + * dual-mono. + * + *) +const + {* Audio channel masks *} + AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT = $00000001; + AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT = $00000002; + AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER = $00000004; + AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY = $00000008; + AV_CH_BACK_LEFT = $00000010; + AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT = $00000020; + AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER = $00000040; + AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER = $00000080; + AV_CH_BACK_CENTER = $00000100; + AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT = $00000200; + AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT = $00000400; + AV_CH_TOP_CENTER = $00000800; + AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT = $00001000; + AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER = $00002000; + AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT = $00004000; + AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT = $00008000; + AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER = $00010000; + AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT = $00020000; + AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT = $20000000; ///< Stereo downmix. + AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT = $40000000; ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT. + AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT = $0000000080000000; + AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT = $0000000100000000; + AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT = $0000000200000000; + AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT = $0000000400000000; + AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 = $0000000800000000; + +(** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout + * to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output + * to be the native codec channel order. + *) + AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE = $8000000000000000; + +(** + * @} + * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel convenience macros + * @{ + * *) + AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO = (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO = (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT or AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO or AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO or AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND or AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 or AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO or AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT or AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO or AV_CH_BACK_LEFT or AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND or AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT or AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 or AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND or AV_CH_BACK_LEFT or + AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK or AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 or AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER or + AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT or AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 or AV_CH_BACK_LEFT or AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 or AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER or + AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 or AV_CH_BACK_LEFT or AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 or AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER or + AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 or AV_CH_BACK_LEFT or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER or + AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL or AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT or AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT or AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT or + AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT or AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER or AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER or + AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT or AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX = (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT or AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT); + +type + TAVMatrixEncoding = ( + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB + ); + +(** + * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found. + * + * name can be one or several of the following notations, + * separated by '+' or '|': + * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0, + * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix); + * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC, + * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR); + * - a number of channels, in decimal, optionally followed by 'c', yielding + * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see + * av_get_default_channel_layout); + * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the + * AV_CH_* macros). + * + * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7" + *) +function av_get_channel_layout(name: {const} PAnsiChar): cuint64; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Return a description of a channel layout. + * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout. + * + * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer + *) +procedure av_get_channel_layout_string(buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint; nb_channels: cint; channel_layout: cuint64); + cdecl; external av__util; + +type +// Type definition from libavutil/bprint.h +// The actual record is padded to a certain number of bytes. +// As of now (2013) this number is 1024. + PAVBPrint = ^TAVBPrint; + TAVBPrint = record + case integer of + 0 : (paddedRecord: array[1..1024] of byte); + 1 : ( + str: PAnsiChar; //** string so far */ + len: cuint; //** length so far */ + size: cuint; //** allocated memory */ + size_max: cuint; //** maximum allocated memory */ + reserved_internal_buffer: Pchar + ); + end; + +(** + * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer. + *) +procedure av_bprint_channel_layout(bp: PAVBPrint; nb_channels: cint; channel_layout: cuint64); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Return the number of channels in the channel layout. + *) +function av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(channel_layout: cuint64): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels. + *) +function av_get_default_channel_layout(nb_channels: cint): cint64; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout. + * + * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be + * present in channel_layout. + * + * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR + * on error. + *) +function av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(channel_layout: cuint64; + channel: cuint64): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout. + *) +function av_channel_layout_extract_channel(channel_layout: cuint64; index: cint): cuint64; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get the name of a given channel. + * + * @return channel name on success, NULL on error. + *) +function av_get_channel_name(channel: cuint64): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get the description of a given channel. + * + * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel + * @return channel description on success, NULL on error + *) +function av_get_channel_description(channel: cuint64): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout. + * + * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0 + * @param[out] layout channel layout mask + * @param[out] name name of the layout + * @return 0 if the layout exists, + * <0 if index is beyond the limits + *) +function av_get_standard_channel_layout(index: cuint; layout: Pcuint64; + name: {const} PPAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT} + +(** libavcodec/audioconvert.h **) + +// type definition from libavcodec/audioconvert.c +type + PAVAudioConvert = ^TAVAudioConvert; + TAVAudioConvert = record + in_channels, out_channels: cint; + fmt_pair: cint; + end; + +(** + * Create an audio sample format converter context + * @param out_fmt Output sample format + * @param out_channels Number of output channels + * @param in_fmt Input sample format + * @param in_channels Number of input channels + * @param[in] matrix Channel mixing matrix (of dimension in_channel*out_channels). Set to NULL to ignore. + * @param flags See AV_CPU_FLAG_xx + * @return NULL on error + *) +function av_audio_convert_alloc(out_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; out_channels: cint; + in_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; in_channels: cint; + matrix: {const} Pcfloat; flags: cint): PAVAudioConvert; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Free audio sample format converter context + *) +procedure av_audio_convert_free(ctx: PAVAudioConvert); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +type + P6 = array [1..6] of pointer; + I6 = array [1..6] of cint; + +(** + * Convert between audio sample formats + * @param[in] out array of output buffers for each channel. set to NULL to ignore processing of the given channel. + * @param[in] out_stride distance between consecutive output samples (measured in bytes) + * @param[in] in array of input buffers for each channel + * @param[in] in_stride distance between consecutive input samples (measured in bytes) + * @param len length of audio frame size (measured in samples) + *) +function av_audio_convert(ctx: PAVAudioConvert; + out[6]: {const} P6; out_stride[6]: {const} I6; + in[6]: {const} P6; in_stride[6]: {const} I6; len: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +{$IFEND} diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/buffer.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/buffer.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5d7a747b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/buffer.pas @@ -0,0 +1,310 @@ +(* + * AVOptions + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg. + * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows. + * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT + * in the source codes. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/buffer.h + * avutil version 54.7.100 + * + *) + +const +(** + * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one + * reference. + *) + AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY = (1 << 0); + +type +(** + * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @ + * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers. + * + * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer + * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may + * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references + * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single + * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the + * caller directly. + * + * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single + * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and + * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing + * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref(). + * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the + * data once all the references are freed). + * + * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the + * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and + * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is + * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will + * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary. + * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention, + * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its + * control. + * + * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus + * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for + * additional locking. + * + * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different + * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal). + *) + +(** + * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through + * references (AVBufferRef). + *) + TAVBuffer = record + end; + +(** + * A reference to a data buffer. + * + * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant + * to be allocated directly. + *) + PPAVBufferRef = ^PAVBufferRef; + PAVBufferRef = ^TAVBufferRef; + TAVBufferRef = record + buffer: TAVBuffer; + (** + * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if + * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case + * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1. + *) + data: PByte; + (** + * Size of data in bytes. + *) + size: cint; + end; + + //callbacks used in the functions av_buffer_create and av_buffer_pool_init respectively + TFree = procedure(opaque: pointer; data: pbyte); + TAlloc = function(size: cint): PAVBufferRef; + TAlloc2 = function(opaque: pointer; size: cint): PAVBufferRef; + TPoolFree = procedure(opaque: pointer); + +(** + * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with + * av_buffer_pool_uninit(). + *) + PPAVBufferPool = ^PAVBufferPool; + PAVBufferPool = ^TAVBufferPool; + TAVBufferPool = record + end; + +(** + * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc(). + * + * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory + *) +function av_buffer_alloc(size: cint): PAVBufferRef; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized + * to zero. + *) +function av_buffer_allocz(size: cint): PAVBufferRef; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array. + * + * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may + * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from + * it. + * If this function fails, data is left untouched. + * @param data data array + * @param size size of data in bytes + * @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data + * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_* + * + * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure. + *) + +function av_buffer_create(data: PByte; size: cint; + free: TFree; + opaque: pointer; flags: cint): PAVBufferRef; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data. + * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called + * directly. + *) +procedure av_buffer_default_free(opaque: pointer; data: pbyte); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer. + * + * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on + * failure. + *) +function av_buffer_ref(buf: PAVBufferRef): PAVBufferRef; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more + * references to it. + * + * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return. + *) +procedure av_buffer_unref(buf: PPAVBufferRef); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is + * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer). + * Return 0 otherwise. + * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf. + *) +function av_buffer_is_writable(buf: {const} PAVBufferRef): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create. + *) +procedure av_buffer_get_opaque(buf: {const} PAVBufferRef); + cdecl; external av__util; + +function av_buffer_get_ref_count(buf: {const} PAVBufferRef): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy + * if possible. + * + * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left + * untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is + * written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + *) +function av_buffer_make_writable(buf: PPAVBufferRef): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Reallocate a given buffer. + * + * @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be + * unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be + * written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf + * may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated. + * @param size required new buffer size. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was + * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one + * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases + * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied. + *) +function av_buffer_realloc(buf: PPAVBufferRef; size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @ + * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers. + * + * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is + * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the + * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio + * frames). + * + * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the + * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to + * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new + * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by + * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is + * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be + * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls. + * + * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new + * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable. + * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed. + * + * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as + * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is + * thread-safe. + *) + +(** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used + * (av_buffer_alloc()). + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + *) +function av_buffer_pool_init(size: cint; alloc: TAlloc): PAVBufferPool; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. + * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool + * is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called + * by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool + * and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque + * data. + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + *) +function av_buffer_pool_init2(size: cint; opaque: pointer; + alloc: TAlloc2; + pool_free: TPoolFree): PAVBufferPool; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only + * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it + * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still + * in use. + * + * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL. + *) +procedure av_buffer_pool_uninit(pool: PPAVBufferPool); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available. + * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads. + * + * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error. + *) +function av_buffer_pool_get(pool: PAVBufferPool): PAVBufferRef; + cdecl; external av__util; diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/cpu.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/cpu.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32d565ec --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/cpu.pas @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +(* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/cpu.h + * avutil version 54.7.100 + * + *) + +const + + AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE = $80000000; (* force usage of selected flags (OR) *) + + (* lower 16 bits - CPU features *) + AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX = $0001; ///< standard MMX + AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT = $0002; ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext + AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 = $0002; ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext + AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW = $0004; ///< AMD 3DNOW + AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE = $0008; ///< SSE functions + AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 = $0010; ///< PIV SSE2 functions + AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW = $40000000; ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) + AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT = $0020; ///< AMD 3DNowExt + AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 = $0040; ///< Prescott SSE3 functions + AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW = $20000000; ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) + AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 = $0080; ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions + AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM = $10000000; ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower + AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 = $0100; ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions + AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 = $0200; ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions + AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI = $80000; ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions + AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX = $4000; ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used + AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW = $8000000; ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer) + AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP = $0400; ///< Bulldozer XOP functions + AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 = $0800; ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions + + AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV = $1000; ///< supports cmov instruction + + AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 = $8000; ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used + AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 = $10000; ///< Haswell FMA3 functions + AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 = $20000; ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1 + AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 = $40000; ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2 + AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 = $100000; ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used + + AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC = $0001; ///< standard + AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX = $0002; ///< ISA 2.06 + AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 = $0004; ///< ISA 2.07 + + AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE = (1 << 0); + AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 = (1 << 1); + AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 = (1 << 2); + AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP = (1 << 3); + AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 = (1 << 4); + AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON = (1 << 5); + AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 = (1 << 6); + AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM = (1 << 7); ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations + AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND = (1 <<16); + +(** + * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU. + * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used + * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to + * detect the enabled cpu flags. + *) +function av_get_cpu_flags(): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags. + * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags. + *) +procedure av_force_cpu_flags(flags: cint); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags(). + * This function is mainly useful for testing. + * Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible + *) +procedure av_set_cpu_flags_mask(mask: cint); + cdecl; external av__util; deprecated; + +(** + * Parse CPU flags from a string. + * + * The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags. + * + * This function exists only for compatibility with libav. + * Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible. + * @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error. + *) +function av_parse_cpu_flags(s: {const} PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; deprecated; + +(** + * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that. + * + * @return negative on error. + *) +function av_parse_cpu_caps(flags: Pcuint; s: {const} PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * @return the number of logical CPU cores present. + *) +function av_cpu_count(): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg. + * + * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask, + * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with + * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through + * av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not + * present. + *) +function av_cpu_max_align(): size_t; + cdecl; external av__util; diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/dict.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/dict.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ef54610c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/dict.pas @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +(* + * AVDictionary + * copyright (c) 2011 Karl-Michael Schindler + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg. + * + * Conversion of libavutil/dict.h + * avutil version 54.7.100 + * + *) + +const + AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE = 1; + AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX = 2; + AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY = 4; (**< Take ownership of a key that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. *) + AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL = 8; (**< Take ownership of a value that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. *) + AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE = 16; (**< Don't overwrite existing entries. *) + AV_DICT_APPEND = 32; (**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no + delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. *) + AV_DICT_MULTIKEY = 64; (**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary *) + +type + PAVDictionaryEntry = ^TAVDictionaryEntry; + TAVDictionaryEntry = record + key: PAnsiChar; + value: PAnsiChar; + end; + +(* with the "help" of libavutil/internal.h: *) + + PPAVDictionary = ^PAVDictionary; + PAVDictionary = ^TAVDictionary; + TAVDictionary = record + count: cint; + elems: PAVDictionaryEntry; + end; + +(** + * Get a dictionary entry with matching key. + * + * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will + * cause undefined behavior. + * + * To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key + * to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag. + * + * @param key matching key + * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next. + * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned. + * @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is retrieved + * @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary + *) +function av_dict_get({const} m: PAVDictionary; {const} key: PAnsiChar; {const} prev: PAVDictionaryEntry; flags: cint): PAVDictionaryEntry; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get number of entries in dictionary. + * + * @param m dictionary + * @return number of entries in dictionary + *) +function av_dict_count({const} m: PAVDictionary): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry. + * + * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set, + * these arguments will be freed on error. + * + * Warning: Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries + * previously returned with av_dict_get. + * + * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL + * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm. + * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags) + * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags). + * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted. + * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0 + *) +function av_dict_set(var pm: PAVDictionary; {const} key: PAnsiChar; {const} value: PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string + * and stores it. + * + * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error. + *) +function av_dict_set_int(var pm: PAVDictionary; {const} key: PAnsiChar; + value: cint64; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary. + * + * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in + * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary. + * + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary. + * AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL + * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always + * be duplicated. + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + *) +function av_dict_parse_string(var pm: PAVDictionary; {const} str: PAnsiChar; + {const} key_val_sep: PAnsiChar; {const} pairs_sep: PAnsiChar; + flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another. + * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL, + * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst + * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct + * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst + * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated + * by this function, callers should free the associated memory. + *) +function av_dict_copy(var dst: PAVDictionary; {const} src: PAVDictionary; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get dictionary entries as a string. + * + * Create a string containing dictionary's entries. + * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string(). + * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\'). + * + * @param[in] m dictionary + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries. + * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. + *) +function av_dict_get_string({const} m: PAVDictionary; buffer: PPAnsiChar; + {const} key_val_sep: AnsiChar; {const} pairs_sep: AnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct + * and all keys and values. + *) +procedure av_dict_free(var m: PAVDictionary); + cdecl; external av__util; diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/error.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/error.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f972aa7d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/error.pas @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +(* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/error.h + * avutil version 54.7.100 + * + *) + +(** + * @file + * error code definitions + *) + +(** + * @addtogroup lavu_error + * + * @ + *) + +{* error handling *} + +const +{$IFDEF UNIX} + ENOENT = ESysENOENT; + EIO = ESysEIO; + ENOMEM = ESysENOMEM; + EINVAL = ESysEINVAL; + EDOM = ESysEDOM; + ENOSYS = ESysENOSYS; + EILSEQ = ESysEILSEQ; + EPIPE = ESysEPIPE; + EAGAIN = ESysEAGAIN; +{$ELSE} + ENOENT = 2; + EIO = 5; + EAGAIN = 11; + ENOMEM = 12; + EINVAL = 22; + EPIPE = 32; // just an assumption. needs to be checked. + EDOM = 33; + {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} + // Note: we assume that ffmpeg was compiled with MinGW. + // This must be changed if DLLs were compiled with cygwin. + ENOSYS = 40; // MSVC/MINGW: 40, CYGWIN: 88, LINUX/FPC: 38 + EILSEQ = 42; // MSVC/MINGW: 42, CYGWIN: 138, LINUX/FPC: 84 + {$ENDIF} +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * We need the sign of the error, because some platforms have + * E* and errno already negated. The previous version failed + * with Delphi, because it needed EINVAL defined. + * Warning: This code is platform dependent and assumes constants + * to be 32 bit. + * This version does the following steps: + * 1) shr 30: shifts the sign bit to bit position 2 + * 2) and $00000002: sets all other bits to zero + * positive EINVAL gives 0, negative gives 2 + * 3) - 1: positive EINVAL gives -1, negative 1 + *) +const + AVERROR_SIGN = (EINVAL shr 30) and $00000002 - 1; + +(* +#if EDOM > 0 +#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) {**< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions. *} +#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) {**< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value. *} +#else +{* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. *} +#define AVERROR(e) (e) +#define AVUNERROR(e) (e) +#endif +*) +function AVERROR(e: integer): integer; + +const + + // Note: function calls as constant-initializers are invalid + AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('B') shl 8) or (ord('S') shl 16) or (ord('F') shl 24)); ///< Bitstream filter not found + AVERROR_BUG = -(ord('B') or (ord('U') shl 8) or (ord('G') shl 16) or (ord('!') shl 24)); ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2 + AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL = -(ord('B') or (ord('U') shl 8) or (ord('F') shl 16) or (ord('S') shl 24)); ///< Buffer too small + AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('D') shl 8) or (ord('E') shl 16) or (ord('C') shl 24)); ///< Decoder not found + AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('D') shl 8) or (ord('E') shl 16) or (ord('M') shl 24)); ///< Demuxer not found + AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('E') shl 8) or (ord('N') shl 16) or (ord('C') shl 24)); ///< Encoder not found + AVERROR_EOF = -(ord('E') or (ord('O') shl 8) or (ord('F') shl 16) or (ord(' ') shl 24)); ///< End of file + AVERROR_EXIT = -(ord('E') or (ord('X') shl 8) or (ord('I') shl 16) or (ord('T') shl 24)); ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted + AVERROR_EXTERNAL = -(ord('E') or (ord('X') shl 8) or (ord('T') shl 16) or (ord(' ') shl 24)); ///< Generic error in an external library + AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('F') shl 8) or (ord('I') shl 16) or (ord('L') shl 24)); ///< Filter not found + AVERROR_INVALIDDATA = -(ord('I') or (ord('N') shl 8) or (ord('D') shl 16) or (ord('A') shl 24)); ///< Invalid data found when processing input + AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('M') shl 8) or (ord('U') shl 16) or (ord('X') shl 24)); ///< Muxer not found + AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('O') shl 8) or (ord('P') shl 16) or (ord('T') shl 24)); ///< Option not found + AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME = -(ord('P') or (ord('A') shl 8) or (ord('W') shl 16) or (ord('E') shl 24)); ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome + AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('P') shl 8) or (ord('R') shl 16) or (ord('O') shl 24)); ///< Protocol not found + AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('S') shl 8) or (ord('T') shl 16) or (ord('R') shl 24)); ///< Stream not found + +(** + * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG + * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value. + *) + AVERROR_BUG2 = -(ord('B') or (ord('U') shl 8) or (ord('G') shl 16) or (ord(' ') shl 24)); + AVERROR_UNKNOWN = -(ord('U') or (ord('N') shl 8) or (ord('K') shl 16) or (ord('N') shl 24)); ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library + AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL = -($2bb2afa8); ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it. + AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED = -($636e6701); ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED) + AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED = -($636e6702); ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED) +(* HTTP & RTSP errors *) + AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST = -(ord($F8) or (ord('4') shl 8) or (ord('0') shl 16) or (ord('0') shl 24)); + AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED = -(ord($F8) or (ord('4') shl 8) or (ord('0') shl 16) or (ord('1') shl 24)); + AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN = -(ord($F8) or (ord('4') shl 8) or (ord('0') shl 16) or (ord('3') shl 24)); + AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('4') shl 8) or (ord('0') shl 16) or (ord('4') shl 24)); + AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX = -(ord($F8) or (ord('4') shl 8) or (ord('X') shl 16) or (ord('X') shl 24)); + AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR = -(ord($F8) or (ord('5') shl 8) or (ord('X') shl 16) or (ord('X') shl 24)); + + AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE = 64; + +(* + * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf. + * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the + * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic + * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf. + * + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written + * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf + * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum + * cannot be found + *) +function av_strerror(errnum: cint; errbuf: PAnsiChar; errbuf_size: size_t): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string + * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum. + * + * @param errbuf a buffer + * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description + * @see av_strerror() + *) +function av_make_error_string(errbuf: Pchar; errbuf_size: size_t; errnum: cint): Pchar; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +// Note: defined in avutil.pas + +(** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + *) +function av_err2str(errnum: cint): pchar; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +// Note: defined in avutil.pas + +(** + * @} + *) diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/frame.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/frame.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f10e2ff2 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/frame.pas @@ -0,0 +1,928 @@ +(* + * AVOptions + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg. + * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows. + * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT + * in the source codes. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/frame.h + * avutil version 54.7.100 + * +*) + +const + AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS = 8; + + (** from the definitions of TAVFrame *) + + (** + * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors. + *) + AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT = (1 << 0); + (** + * A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output. + *) + AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD = (1 << 2); + + FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM = 1; + FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE = 2; + + +type +(* is already in pixfmt.pas + TAVColorSpace = ( + AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, + AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, + AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601 + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / functionally identical to above + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M_ = 7, + AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16 + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI + ); + + TAVColorRange = ( + AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI + ); +*) + +(* Note: AVPanScan is defined in avcodec.h but is here to avoid reference problems - Brian-ch 28/09/2014 + * + * Pan Scan area. + * This specifies the area which should be displayed. + * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame. + *) + PAVPanScan = ^TAVPanScan; + TAVPanScan = record {24} + (*** id. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. *) + id: cint; + + (*** width and height in 1/16 pel + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. *) + width: cint; + height: cint; + + (*** position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. *) + position: array [0..2] of array [0..1] of cint16; + end; {TAVPanScan} + + (** + * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @ + * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data. + *) + TAVFrameSideDataType = ( + (** + * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec. + *) + AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN, + (** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. + * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data. + * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size. + *) + AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC, + (** + * Stereoscopic 3d metadata. + * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h. + *) + AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D, + (** + * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h. + *) + AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING, + (** + * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h. + *) + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO, + (** + * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct. + *) + AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + (** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct + * presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + *) + AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + (** + * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified + * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. + *) + AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD, + (** + * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs + * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option). + * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in + * libavutil/motion_vector.h. + *) + AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS, + (** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported + * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec. + * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES. + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + *) + AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, + (** + * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to + * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h. + *) + AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + (** + * Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the + * mastering display color volume. + *) + AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, + (** + * The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer. + * This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0. + *) + AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE, + (** + * The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in + * libavutil/spherical.h. + *) + AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL, + (** + * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in + * the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct. + *) + AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, + (** + * The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the + * format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the + * metadata key entry "name". + *) + AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE, +{$IFDEF FF_API_FRAME_QP} + (** + * Implementation-specific description of the format of AV_FRAME_QP_TABLE_DATA. + * The contents of this side data are undocumented and internal; use + * av_frame_set_qp_table() and av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this in a + * meaningful way instead. + */) + AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES, + + (** + * Raw QP table data. Its format is described by + * AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES. Use av_frame_set_qp_table() and + * av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this instead. + *) + AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_DATA +{$ENDIF} + ); + + TAVActiveFormatDescription = ( + AV_AFD_SAME = 8, + AV_AFD_4_3 = 9, + AV_AFD_16_9 = 10, + AV_AFD_14_9 = 11, + AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13, + AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14, + AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15 + ); {TAVActiveFormatDescription} + + PAVFrameSideData = ^TAVFrameSideData; +(** + * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame. + * + * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + *) + TAVFrameSideData = record + type_: TAVFrameSideDataType; + data: PByte; + size: cint; + metadata: TAVDictionary; + buf: PAVBufferRef; + end; {TAVFrameSideData} + +(** + * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data. + * + * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only + * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed + * through other means (see below). + * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free(). + * + * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold + * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a + * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by + * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it + * is reused again. + * + * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the + * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf / + * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at + * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case, + * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in + * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf. + * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for + * each plane, or anything in between. + * + * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + * + * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the + * C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass + * for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class() + *) + PPAVFrame = ^PAVFrame; + PAVFrame = ^TAVFrame; + TAVFrame = record + (** + * pointer to the picture/channel planes. + * This might be different from the first allocated byte + * + * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please + * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read + * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used, + * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated. + * + * NOTE: Except for hwaccel formats, pointers not needed by the format + * MUST be set to NULL. + *) + data: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of pbyte; + + (** + * For video, size in bytes of each picture line. + * For audio, size in bytes of each plane. + * + * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel + * plane must be the same size. + * + * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment + * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs. + * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without + * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference. + * + * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there + * may be extra padding present for performance reasons. + *) + linesize: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of cint; + + (** + * pointers to the data planes/channels. + * + * For video, this should simply point to data[]. + * + * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and + * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. + * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] + * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. + * + * Note: Both data and extended_data will always be set by get_buffer(), + * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data, + * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels. + *) + extended_data: ^pbyte; + + (** + * @name Video dimensions + * Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame, + * i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values. + * + * @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further + * restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle". + *) + width, height: cint; + (** + * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame + *) + nb_samples: cint; + + (** + * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset + * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames, + * enum AVSampleFormat for audio) + *) + format: cint; + + (** + * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not + *) + key_frame: cint; + + (** + * Picture type of the frame + *) + pict_type: TAVPictureType; + + (** + * sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified + *) + sample_aspect_ratio: TAVRational; + + (** + * presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user) + *) + pts: cint64; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_PKT_PTS} + (** + * PTS copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame. + *) + pkt_pts: cint64; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used) + * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from + * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values. + *) + pkt_dts: cint64; + + (** + * picture number in bitstream order + *) + coded_picture_number: cint; + + (** + * picture number in display order + *) + display_picture_number: cint; + + (** + * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad)) + *) + quality: cint; + + (** + * for some private data of the user + *) + opaque: pointer; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_ERROR_FRAME} + (** + * @deprecated unused + *) + error: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of cuint64; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed. + * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps) + *) + repeat_pict: cint; + + (** + * The content of the picture is interlaced. + *) + interlaced_frame: cint; + + (** + * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first. + *) + top_field_first: cint; + + (** + * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame. + *) + palette_has_changed: cint; + + (** + * reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float + * PTS but can be anything). + * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at + * that time, + * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque + * @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts + *) + reordered_opaque: cint64; + + (** + * Sample rate of the audio data. + *) + sample_rate: cint; + + (** + * Channel layout of the audio data. + *) + channel_layout: cuint64; + + (** + * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. If all elements of + * this array are NULL, then this frame is not reference counted. This array + * must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is non-NULL then buf[j] must + * also be non-NULL for all j < i. + * + * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array + * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than + * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in + * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the + * extended_buf array. + *) + buf: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of PAVBufferRef; + + (** + * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS + * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which + * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always + * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers, + * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs + * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref(). + *) + extended_buf: PPAVBufferRef; + + (** + * Number of elements in extended_buf. + *) + nb_extended_buf: cint; + + side_data: ^PAVFrameSideData; + nb_side_data: cint; + + (** + * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * Flags describing additional frame properties. + * + * @ + *) + + (** + * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags + *) + flags: cint; + + (** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + *) + color_range: TAVColorRange; + + color_primaries: TAVColorPrimaries; + + color_trc: TAVColorTransferCharacteristic; + + (** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + *) + colorspace: TAVColorSpace; + + chroma_location: TAVChromaLocation; + + (** + * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + *) + best_effort_timestamp: cint64; + + (** + * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + pkt_pos: cint64; + + (** + * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in + * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + pkt_duration: cint64; + + (** + * metadata. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + metadata: PAVDictionary; + + (** + * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of + * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there + * were errors during the decoding. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + *) + decode_error_flags: cint; + + (** + * number of audio channels, only used for audio. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + channels: cint; + + (** + * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed + * frame. + * It is set to a negative value if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + *) + pkt_size: cint; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_FRAME_QP} + (** + * QP table + *) + qscale_table: PByte; {deprecated} + (** + * QP store stride + *) + qstride: cint; {deprecated} + + qscale_type: cint; {deprecated} + + qp_table_buf: PAVBufferRef; {deprecated} +{$ENDIF} + (** + * For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the + * AVHWFramesContext describing the frame. + *) + hw_frames_ctx: PAVBufferRef; + + (** + * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the + * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when + * the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new + * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field. + * + * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar + * purpose. + *) + opaque_ref: PAVBufferRef; + + (** + * @anchor cropping + * @name Cropping + * Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the + * top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of + * the frame intended for presentation. + *) + crop_top: size_t; + crop_bottom: size_t; + crop_left: size_t; + crop_right: size_t; + (** + * AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library. + * Must not be used to transfer data between libraries. + * Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library. + * + * Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of the buffer ref. + * + * FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced. + * av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref() + * for the target frame's private_ref field. + *) + private_ref: PAVBufferRef; + end; {TAVFrame} + +{$IFDEF FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET} +(** + * Accessors for some AVFrame fields. These used to be provided for ABI + * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. + *) +function av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint64; + cdecl; external av__codec; overload; deprecated; +procedure av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64); + cdecl; external av__codec; overload; deprecated; +function av_frame_get_pkt_duration (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint64; + cdecl; external av__codec; overload; deprecated; +procedure av_frame_get_pkt_duration (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64); + cdecl; external av__codec; overload; deprecated; +function av_frame_get_pkt_pos (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint64; + cdecl; external av__codec; overload; deprecated; +procedure av_frame_get_pkt_pos (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64); + cdecl; external av__codec; overload; deprecated; +function av_frame_get_channel_layout (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint64; + cdecl; external av__codec; overload; deprecated; +procedure av_frame_get_channel_layout (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64); + cdecl; external av__codec; overload; deprecated; +function av_frame_get_channels (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +procedure av_frame_set_channels (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +function av_frame_get_sample_rate (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +procedure av_frame_set_sample_rate (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +function av_frame_get_metadata (frame: {const} PAVFrame): PAVDictionary; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +procedure av_frame_set_metadata (frame: PAVFrame; val: PAVDictionary); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +function av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +procedure av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +function av_frame_get_pkt_size (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +procedure av_frame_set_pkt_size (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +function avpriv_frame_get_metadatap(frame: PAVFrame): PPAVDictionary; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$IFDEF FF_API_FRAME_QP} +function av_frame_get_qp_table(f: PAVFrame; stride: pcint; type_: pcint): PByte; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +function av_frame_set_qp_table(f: PAVFrame; buf: PAVBufferRef; stride: cint; type_: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} +function av_frame_get_colorspace(frame: {const} PAVFrame): TAVColorSpace; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +procedure av_frame_set_colorspace(frame: PAVFrame; val: TAVColorSpace); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +procedure av_frame_set_color_range(frame: PAVFrame; val: TAVColorSpace); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Get the name of a colorspace. + * @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL. + *) +function av_get_colorspace_name(val: TAVColorSpace): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_frame_free(). + * + * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or + * manually. + *) +function av_frame_alloc(): PAVFrame; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it, + * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + *) +procedure av_frame_free(frame: PPAVFrame); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame. + * + * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each + * AVBufferRef from src. + * + * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is + * copied. + * + * @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst), + * or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this + * function, or undefined behavior will occur. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + *) +function av_frame_ref(dst: PAVFrame; src: {const} PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Create a new frame that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error. + *) +function av_frame_clone(src: {const} PAVFrame): PAVFrame; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields. + *) +procedure av_frame_unref(frame: PAVFrame); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading + * or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually + * before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked. + *) +procedure av_frame_move_ref(dst, src: PAVFrame); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data. + * + * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function: + * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio) + * - width and height for video + * - nb_samples and channel_layout for audio + * + * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if + * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf. + * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane. + * + * @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will + * leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain + * cases. + * + * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers. + * @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be + * chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly + * recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + *) +function av_frame_get_buffer(frame: PAVFrame; align: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Check if the frame data is writable. + * + * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and + * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one + * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise. + * + * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any + * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly). + * + * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable() + *) +function av_frame_is_writable(frame: PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible. + * + * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data + * if it is not. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + * + * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(), + * av_buffer_make_writable() + *) +function av_frame_make_writable(frame: PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Copy the frame data from src to dst. + * + * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and + * allocated with the same parameters as src. + * + * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data / + * extended data arrays), not any other properties. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + *) +function av_frame_copy(dst: PAVFrame; src: {const} PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst. + * + * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect + * the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample + * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout. + * Side data is also copied. + *) +function av_frame_copy_props(dst: PAVFrame; src: {const} PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in. + * + * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data. + * + * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input + * frame is not valid. + *) +function av_frame_get_plane_buffer(frame: PAVFrame; plane: cint): PAVBufferRef; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Add a new side data to a frame. + * + * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added + * @param type type of the added side data + * @param size size of the side data + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error + *) +function av_frame_new_side_data(frame: PAVFrame; + type_: TAVFrameSideDataType; + size: cint): PAVFrameSideData; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef + * + * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added + * @param type the type of the added side data + * @param buf an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of + * the reference is transferred to the frame. + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure + * the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by + * the caller. + *) +function av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(frame: PAVFrame; + type_: TAVFrameSideDataType; + buf: PAVBufferRef): PAVFrameSideData; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there + * is no side data with such type in this frame. + *) +function av_frame_get_side_data(frame: {const} PAVFrame; type_: TAVFrameSideDataType): PAVFrameSideData; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * If side data of the supplied type exists in the frame, free it and remove it + * from the frame. + *) +procedure av_frame_remove_side_data(frame: PAVFrame; type_: TAVFrameSideDataType); + cdecl; external av__codec; + + +(** + * Flags for frame cropping. + *) +const + (** + * Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the + * AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data + * to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior + * (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that + * are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you + * absolutely know what you are doing. + *) + AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0; + +(** + * Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/ + * crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the + * data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0. + * + * In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent + * alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel + * formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even + * if the cropping was rounded or ignored. + * + * @param frame the frame which should be cropped + * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields + * were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed. + *) +function av_frame_apply_cropping(frame: PAVFrame; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @return a string identifying the side data type + *) +function av_frame_side_data_name(type_: TAVFrameSideDataType): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__codec; diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/log.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/log.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8621644 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/log.pas @@ -0,0 +1,530 @@ +(* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/log.h + * avutil version 54.7.100 + * + *) + +(** + * @file + * log + *) + +type + (* from opt.h *) + TAVOptionType = ( + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE, + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, + AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL, + AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length + AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, + AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL, + AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR, + AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION, + AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE, ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers + AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE ///< offset must point to AVRational + ); + +const + AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM = 1; ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding + AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM = 2; ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding + AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM = 8; + AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM = 16; + AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM = 32; + (** + * The option is intended for exporting values to the caller. + *) + AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT = 64; + (** + * The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read. + * This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set. + *) + AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY = 128; + AV_OPT_FLAG_BSF_PARAM = 1 shl 8; ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for bit stream filtering + AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM = 1 shl 16; ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering + +type + (** + * AVOption + *) + PAVOption = ^TAVOption; + TAVOption = record + name: {const} PAnsiChar; + + (** + * short English help text + * @todo What about other languages? + *) + help: {const} PAnsiChar; + + (** + * The offset relative to the context structure where the option + * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants. + *) + offset: cint; + type_: TAVOptionType; + + (** + * the default value for scalar options + *) + default_val: record + case cint of + 0: (i64: cint64); + 1: (dbl: cdouble); + 2: (str: PAnsiChar); + (* TODO those are unused now *) + 3: (q: TAVRational); + end; + min: cdouble; ///< minimum valid value for the option + max: cdouble; ///< maximum valid value for the option + + flags: cint; +//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags + + (** + * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant + * options and corresponding named constants share the same + * unit. May be NULL. + *) + unit_: {const} PAnsiChar; + end; + +type + PAVClassCategory = ^TAVClassCategory; + TAVClassCategory = ( + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API + ); + +(* +#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT)) + +#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT)) +*) + +// struct AVOptionRanges; + + (** + * A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value. + *) + PAVOptionRange = ^TAVOptionRange; + PPAVOptionRange = ^PAVOptionRange; + TAVOptionRange = record + str: {const} PAnsiChar; + (** + * Value range. + * For string ranges this represents the min/max length. + * For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case. + *) + value_min, value_max: cdouble; + (** + * Value's component range. + * For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII. + *) + component_min, component_max: cdouble; + (** + * Range flag. + * If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value. + *) + is_range: cint; + end; + + (** + * List of AVOptionRange structs. + *) + PAVOptionRanges = ^TAVOptionRanges; + PPAVOptionRanges = ^PAVOptionRanges; + TAVOptionRanges = record + (** + * Array of option ranges. + * + * Most of option types use just one component. + * Following describes multi-component option types: + * + * AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE: + * component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height). + * component index 1: range of width. + * component index 2: range of height. + * + * @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must + * provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or + * av_opt_query_ranges_default function. + * + * Multi-component range can be read as in following example: + * + * @code + * int range_index, component_index; + * AVOptionRanges *ranges; + * AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future. + * av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE); + * for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) { + * for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++) + * range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index]; + * //do something with range here. + * } + * av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges); + * @endcode + *) + range: PPAVOptionRange; + (** + * Number of ranges per component. + *) + nb_ranges: cint; + (** + * Number of componentes. + *) + nb_components: cint; + end; + +(** + * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an + * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an + * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.). + *) + PAVClass = ^TAVClass; + TAVClass = record + (** + * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the + * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated. + *) + class_name: PAnsiChar; + + (** + * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context + * instance ctx associated with the class. + *) + item_name: function(ctx: pointer): PAnsiChar; cdecl; + + (** + * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL + * + * @see av_set_default_options() + *) + option: PAVOption; + + (** + * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created. + * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major + * version bumps everywhere. + *) + version: cint; + + (** + * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored. + * 0 means there is no such variable + *) + log_level_offset_offset: cint; + + (** + * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for + * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext + * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation + * could then leverage to display the parent context. + * The offset can be NULL. + *) + parent_log_context_offset: cint; + + (** + * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + *) + child_next: function (obj: pointer; prev: pointer): pointer; cdecl; + + (** + * Return an AVClass corresponding to the next potential + * AVOptions-enabled child. + * + * The difference between child_next and this is that + * child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while + * child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children. + *) + child_class_next: function (prev: {const} PAVClass): {const} PAVClass; cdecl; + + (** + * Category used for visualization (like color) + * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100) + *) + category: TAVClassCategory; + + (** + * Callback to return the category. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100) + *) + get_category: function (ctx: pointer): PAVClassCategory; cdecl; + + (** + * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges. + * available since version (52.12) + *) + query_ranges: function (P: PPAVOptionRanges; obj: pointer; key: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint; cdecl; +end; + +const +(** + * Print no output. + *) + AV_LOG_QUIET = -8; + +(** + * Something went really wrong and we will crash now. + *) + AV_LOG_PANIC = 0; + +(** + * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible. + * For example, no header was found for a format which depends + * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used. + *) + AV_LOG_FATAL = 8; + +(** + * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered. + * However, not all future data is affected. + *) + AV_LOG_ERROR = 16; + +(** + * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not + * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'. + *) + AV_LOG_WARNING = 24; + +(** + * Standard information. + *) + AV_LOG_INFO = 32; + +(** + * Detailed information. + *) + AV_LOG_VERBOSE = 40; + +(** + * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers. + *) + AV_LOG_DEBUG = 48; + +(** + * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development. + *) + AV_LOG_TRACE = 56; + + AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET = (AV_LOG_DEBUG - AV_LOG_QUIET); + +(** + * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions. + * @code + av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n"); + @endcode + * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not + * recommended. + *) +{** to be translated if needed + AV_LOG_C(x) (x << 8) +**} + +(** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + *) +{** to be translated if needed +void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); +**} + +type + va_list = pointer; + +(** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + *) +procedure av_vlog(avcl: pointer; level: cint; fmt: {const} PAnsiChar; vl: va_list); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get the current log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @return Current log level + *) +function av_log_get_level(): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Set the log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @param level Logging level + *) +procedure av_log_set_level(level: cint); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Set the logging callback + * + * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use + * threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded. + * + * @see av_log_default_callback + * + * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature. + *) +{** to be translated if needed +void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list)); +**} + +(** + * Default logging callback + * + * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + *) +{** to be translated if needed +void av_log_default_callback(void* avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl); +**} + +(** + * Return the context name + * + * @param ctx The AVClass context + * + * @return The AVClass class_name + *) +function av_default_item_name(ctx: pointer): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_default_get_category(ptr: pointer): TAVClassCategory; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line + * @param line_size size of the buffer + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + *) +procedure av_log_format_line(ptr: pointer; level: cint; fmt: {const} PAnsiChar; vl: va_list; + line: PAnsiChar; line_size: cint; print_prefix: Pcint); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line; + * may be NULL if line_size is 0 + * @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will + * be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + * @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns + * the number of characters that would have been written for a + * sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null + * character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means + * that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer. + *) +function av_log_format_line2(ptr: pointer; level: cint; fmt: {const} PAnsiChar; vl: va_list; + line: PAnsiChar; line_size: cint; print_prefix: Pcint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + + +const +(** + * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of + * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to + * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some + * bad luck. + * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must + * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end + *) + AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED = 1; + +(** + * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs. + * + * Results in messages such as: + * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts + *) + AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL = 2; + +procedure av_log_set_flags(arg: cint); + cdecl; external av__util; + +function av_log_get_flags: cint; + cdecl; external av__util; diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/mathematics.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/mathematics.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f6df1368 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/mathematics.pas @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +(* + * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg. + * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows. + * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT + * in the source codes. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/mathematics.h + * avutil version 54.7.100 + * + *) + +(** + * @file + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base. + *) + +const + M_E = 2.7182818284590452354; // e + M_LN2 = 0.69314718055994530942; // log_e 2 + M_LN10 = 2.30258509299404568402; // log_e 10 + M_LOG2_10 = 3.32192809488736234787; // log_2 10 + M_PHI = 1.61803398874989484820; // phi / golden ratio + M_PI = 3.14159265358979323846; // pi + M_PI_2 = 1.57079632679489661923; // pi/2 + M_SQRT1_2 = 0.70710678118654752440; // 1/sqrt(2) + M_SQRT2 = 1.41421356237309504880; // sqrt(2) + NAN = $7fc00000; + INFINITY = $7f800000; + +(** + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * @ + *) + +type + (** + * Rounding methods. + *) + TAVRounding = ( + AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero. + AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero. + AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity. + AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity. + AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero. + (** + * Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through + * unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a + * bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the + * enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal + * cases. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling 3: + * // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2 + * // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2 + * // => 2 + * + * av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE: + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through + * // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE + * @endcode + *) + AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192 + ); + +(** + * Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands. + * + * @param a,b Operands + * @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0; + * if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0. + *) +function av_gcd(a, b: cint64): cint64; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + *) +function av_rescale (a, b, c: cint64): cint64; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + *) +function av_rescale_rnd (a, b, c: cint64; rnd: TAVRounding): cint64; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + *) +function av_rescale_q (a: cint64; bq, cq: TAVRational): cint64; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q() + *) +function av_rescale_q_rnd(a: cint64; bq, cq: TAVRational; + rnd: TAVRounding): cint64; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * Compare two timestamps each in its own time base. + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b` + * - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b` + * - 0 if they represent the same position + * + * @warning + * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside + * the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase. + *) +function av_compare_ts(ts_a: cint64; tb_a: TAVRational; ts_b: cint64; tb_b: TAVRational): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor. + * + * In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers + * `a` and `b`. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10 (0x2) + * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02) + * @endcode + * + * @param a,b Operands + * @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2 + * @return + * - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod` + * - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod` + * - zero if `a % mod == b % mod` + *) +function av_compare_mod(a, b, modVar: cuint64): cint64; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations. + * + * This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input + * timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q() + * call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations. + * + * The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all + * subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be + * initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * @param[in] in_tb Input time base + * @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp + * @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained + * (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb` + * @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e. + * duration of the current packet/frame) + * @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of + * `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable + * @param[in] out_tb Output timebase + * @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb` + * + * @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not + * seconds. + *) +function av_rescale_delta(in_tb: TAVRational; in_ts: cint64; fs_tb: TAVRational; duration: cint; last: Pcint64; out_tb: TAVRational): cint64; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Add a value to a timestamp. + * + * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that + * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs. + * + * @param ts Input timestamp + * @param ts_tb Input timestamp timebase + * @param inc value to add to ts + * @param inc_tb inc timebase + *) +function av_add_stable(ts_tb: TAVRational; ts: cint64; inc_tb: TAVRational; inc: cint64): cint64; + cdecl; external av__util; diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/mem.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/mem.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..30a87899 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/mem.pas @@ -0,0 +1,578 @@ +(* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/mem.h + * avutil version 52.66.100 + * + *) + +(** + * @file + * error code definitions + *) + +(* Memory handling functions *) + +(** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management + * Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory. + * + * All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX` + * bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme + * caution when doing so. + * + * @{ + *) + +(** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU). + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_mallocz() + * @see av_mallocz() + *) +function av_malloc(size: size_t): pointer; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1)} + +(** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the + * block. + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + *) +function av_mallocz(size: size_t): pointer; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1)} + +(** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of element + * @param size Size of a single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + *) +function av_malloc_array(nmemb: size_t; size: size_t): pointer; {av_alloc_size(1, 2)} + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * + * @see av_mallocz() + * @see av_malloc_array() + *) +function av_mallocz_array(nmemb: size_t; size: size_t): pointer; {av_alloc_size(1, 2)} + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Allocate a block of nmemb * size bytes with alignment suitable for all + * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and + * zero all the bytes of the block. + * The allocation will fail if nmemb * size is greater than or equal + * to INT_MAX. + * @param nmemb + * @param size + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated. + *) +function av_calloc(nmemb: size_t; size: size_t): pointer; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_malloc_attrib} + +(** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block + * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + * @see av_fast_realloc() + * @see av_reallocp() + *) +function av_realloc(ptr: pointer; size: size_t): pointer; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_alloc_size(2)} + +(** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a + * pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated + * with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer + * is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + *) +function av_reallocp(ptr: pointer; elsize: size_t): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except: + * - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes, + * after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow. + * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory + * leak with the classic + * @code{.c} + * buf = realloc(buf); + * if (!buf) + * return -1; + * @endcode + * pattern. + *) +function av_realloc_f(ptr: pointer; nelem: size_t; elsize: size_t): pointer; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If + * `nmemb` is zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param nmemb Number of elements in the array + * @param size Size of the single element of the array + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block + * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + * @see av_reallocp_array() + *) +function av_realloc_array(ptr: pointer; nmemb, size: size_t): pointer; {av_alloc_size(2, 3)} + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array through a pointer to a pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If `nmemb` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already + * allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. + * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] nmemb Number of elements + * @param[in] size Size of the single element + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + *) +function av_reallocp_array(ptr: pointer; nmemb, size: size_t): cint; {av_alloc_size(2, 3)} + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing. + * + * If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated. + * + * If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is + * returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or + * freed. + * + * A typical use pattern follows: + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!new_buf) { + * // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer + * av_freep(&buf); + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL` + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is + * changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in + * case of failure + * @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `ptr` + * @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated + * buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of + * error + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_malloc() + *) +function av_fast_realloc(ptr: pointer; size: Pcuint; min_size: size_t): pointer; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be + * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to + * avoid memleaks is necessary. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * av_fast_malloc(&buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!buf) { + * // Allocation failed; buf already freed + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in + * case of failure + * @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_mallocz() + *) +procedure av_fast_malloc(ptr: pointer; size: Pcuint; min_size: size_t); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared. + * Reused buffer is not cleared. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in + * case of failure + * @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_fast_malloc() + *) +procedure av_fast_mallocz(ptr: pointer; size: Pcuint; min_size: size_t); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed. + * + * @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed. + * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving + * behind dangling pointers. + * @see av_freep() + *) +procedure av_free(ptr: pointer); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_free(buf); + * // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental + * // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a + * // security risk. + * + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_freep(&buf); + * // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a + * // NULL-pointer dereference. + * @endcode + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed + * @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action. + * @see av_free() + *) +procedure av_freep (ptr: pointer); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Duplicate a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + * @see av_strndup() + *) +function av_strdup({const} s: PAnsiChar): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_malloc_attrib} + +(** + * Duplicate a substring of a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the + * terminating byte) + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + *) +function av_strndup({const} s: PAnsiChar; len: size_t): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_malloc_attrib} + +(** + * Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc(). + * + * @param p Buffer to be duplicated + * @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied + * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a + * copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated + *) +function av_memdup({const} p: pointer; size: size_t): pointer; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Overlapping memcpy() implementation. + * + * @param dst Destination buffer + * @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of + * the overlapping window); must be > 0 + * @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0 + * + * @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied, + * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`. + *) +procedure av_memcpy_backptr(dst: Pcuint8; back: cint; cnt: cint); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * @} + *) + +(** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array + * + * Utilities to make an array grow when needed. + * + * Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when + * needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need. + * + * libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically + * allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the + * array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the + * caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of + * the array, as well as freeing of the array after use. + * + * The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically + * allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need + * to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and + * av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system. + * + * @code + * type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // &to_be_added == array[0] + * // &to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a + * result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add() + * implements this mechanism. + * + * @code + * type *array = NULL; //< an array of values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void ** )&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added)); + * + * // Shortcut of the above. + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void ** )&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), + * (const void * )&to_be_added2); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // to_be_added == array[0] + * // to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * @{ + *) + + +(** + * Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array. + * + * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to + * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already + * allocated structure. + * + * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem Element to add + * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add() + *) +procedure av_dynarray_add(tab_ptr: pointer; nb_ptr: Pcint; elem: pointer); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Add an element to a dynamic array. + * + * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(), + * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code + * instead and leave current buffer untouched. + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add() + *) +function av_dynarray_add_nofree(tab_ptr: pointer; nb_ptr: Pcint; elem: pointer): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array. + * + * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array + * @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If + * `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is + * allocated but left uninitialized. + * + * @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated + * space + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree() + *) +function av_dynarray2_add(tab_ptr: Pointer; nb_ptr: Pcint; elem_size: size_t; + {const} elem_data: Pcuint8): pointer; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * @} + *) + +(** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions + * + * Other functions related to memory allocation. + * + * @{ + *) + +(** + * Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow. + * + * @param[in] a,b Operands of multiplication + * @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow + *) +//static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r) +{ + size_t t = a * b; + /* Hack inspired from glibc: don't try the division if nelem and elsize + * are both less than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */ + if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b) + return AVERROR(EINVAL); + *r = t; + return 0; +} + +(** + * Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block. + * + * The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref + * lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions." + * + * By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`. + * + * @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size + * + * @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch + * this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so. + *) +procedure av_max_alloc(max: size_t); + cdecl; external av__util; diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/opt.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/opt.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..87ec68aa --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/opt.pas @@ -0,0 +1,507 @@ +(* + * AVOptions + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg. + * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows. + * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT + * in the source codes. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/opt.h + * avutil version 54.7.100 + * + *) + +(** + * Show the obj options. + * + * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags. + * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags). + * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options + *) +function av_opt_show2(obj: pointer; av_log_obj: pointer; req_flags: cint; rej_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + *) +procedure av_opt_set_defaults(s: pointer); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. Only these + * AVOption fields for which (opt->flags & mask) == flags will have their + * default applied to s. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + * @param mask combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + * @param flags combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + *) +procedure av_opt_set_defaults2(s: Pointer; mask: cint; flags: cint); + cdecl; external av__util; deprecated; + +(** + * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair + * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the + * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using + * AVOptions. + * + * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to + * separate key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set +*) +function av_set_options_string(ctx: pointer; opts: {const} PAnsiChar; + key_val_sep: {const} PAnsiChar; pairs_sep: {const} PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found, + * set the value of the corresponding option in ctx. + * + * @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on + * @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a + * delimiter + * @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand + * notation: if the first field in opts has no key part, + * the key is taken from the first element of shorthand; + * then again for the second, etc., until either opts is + * finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is + * found; after that, all options must be named + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + * + * Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _ + * Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each + * other. + *) +function av_opt_set_from_string(ctx: pointer; opts: {const} PAnsiChar; + shorthand: {const} PAnsiChar; + key_val_sep: {const} PAnsiChar; pairs_sep: {const} PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Free all allocated objects in obj. + *) +procedure av_opt_free(obj: pointer); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field. + * + * @param field_name the name of the flag field option + * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check + * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set, + * isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist. + *) +function av_opt_flag_is_set(obj: pointer; field_name: {const} PAnsiChar; flag_name: {const} PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + *) +function av_opt_set_dict(obj: pointer; var options: PAVDictionary): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + *) +function av_opt_set_dict2(obj: pointer; var options: PAVDictionary; search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string. + * + * @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to + * point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep + * or the final NUL) + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below + * @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free() + * @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free() + * + * @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of error; in particular: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present + * + *) +function av_opt_get_key_value(ropts: {const} PPAnsiChar; + key_val_sep: {const} PAnsiChar; pairs_sep: {const} PAnsiChar; + flags: byte; + rkey, rval: PPAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +const + (** + * Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned + * as NULL. + *) + AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1; + +(** + * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings + * @ + * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings + * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(), + * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass. + * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated. + * @param val string to be evaluated. + * @param *_out value of the string will be written here. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure. + *) +function av_opt_eval_flags (obj: pointer; o: {const} PAVOption; val: {const} PAnsiChar; flags_out: Pcint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_eval_int (obj: pointer; o: {const} PAVOption; val: {const} PAnsiChar; int_out: Pcint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_eval_int64 (obj: pointer; o: {const} PAVOption; val: {const} PAnsiChar; int64_out: Pcint64): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_eval_float (obj: pointer; o: {const} PAVOption; val: {const} PAnsiChar; float_out: Pcfloat): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_eval_double(obj: pointer; o: {const} PAVOption; val: {const} PAnsiChar; double_out: Pcdouble): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_eval_q (obj: pointer; o: {const} PAVOption; val: {const} PAnsiChar; q_out: PAVRational): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +(** + * @ + *) + +const + AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN = (1 << 0); (**< Search in possible children of the + given object first.*) +(** + * The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass + * instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is + * useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding + * object. + *) + AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ = (1 << 1); + +(** + * In av_opt_get, return NULL if the option has a pointer type and is set to NULL, + * rather than returning an empty string. + *) + AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL = (1 << 2); +(** + * Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than + * one component for certain option types. + * @see AVOptionRanges for details. + *) + AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE = (1 << 12); + +(** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + * + * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable + * directly with av_set_string3(). Use special calls which take an options + * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this + * flag. + *) +function av_opt_find(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; unit_: {const} PAnsiChar; + opt_flags: cint; search_flags: cint): PAVOption; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be + * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present + * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + *) +function av_opt_find2(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; unit_: {const} PAnsiChar; + opt_flags: cint; search_flags: cint; out target_obj: pointer): {const} PAVOption; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj. + * + * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an + * AVClass describing it. + * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object + * or NULL + * @return next AVOption or NULL + *) +function av_opt_next(obj: {const} pointer; prev: {const} PAVOption): {const} PAVOption; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + *) +function av_opt_child_next(obj: pointer; prev: pointer): pointer; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL + *) +function av_opt_child_class_next(parent: {const} PAVClass; prev: {const} PAVClass): {const} PAVClass; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions + * @ + * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value. + * + * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name the name of the field to set + * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not + * of a string type, then the given string is parsed. + * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported. + * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named + * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators + * is undefined. + * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric + * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag + * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags; + * similarly, '-' unsets a flag. + * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj. + * + * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of + * error: + * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists + * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid + *) +function av_opt_set (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_set_int (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: cint64; search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_set_double (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: cdouble; search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_set_q (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: TAVRational; search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_set_bin (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: {const} cuint8; search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_set_image_size(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; w, h, search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; fmt: TAVPixelFormat; search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_set_sample_fmt(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; fmt: TAVSampleFormat; search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_set_video_rate(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: TAVRational; search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_set_channel_layout(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; ch_layout: cint64; search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The + * caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it. + *) +function av_opt_set_dict_val(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: {const} PAVDictionary; search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Set a binary option to an integer list. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to set options on + * @param name name of the binary option + * @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with + * regard to the contents of the list) + * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) + * @param flags search flags + *) +{to be translated +#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \ + (av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \ + AVERROR(EINVAL) : \ + av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \ + av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags)) +} +(** + * @ + *) + +(** + * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions + * @ + * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object. + * + * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name name of the option to get. + * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj. + * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here + * @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + *) +(** + * @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller + * + * @note if AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL is set in search_flags in av_opt_get, and the option has + * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING or AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY and is set to NULL, *out_val will be set + * to NULL instead of an allocated empty string. + *) +function av_opt_get (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out out_val: Pcuint8): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_get_int (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out_val: Pcint64): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_get_double (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out_val: Pcdouble): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_get_q (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out_val: PAVRational): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_get_image_size(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; w_out, h_out: Pcint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out_fmt: PAVPixelFormat): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_get_sample_fmt(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out_fmt: PAVPixelFormat): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_get_video_rate(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out_val: PAVRational): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_get_channel_layout(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; ch_layout: Pcint64): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +(** + * @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must + * be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller + *) +function av_opt_get_dict_val (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out out_val: PAVDictionary): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +(** + * @ + *) +(** + * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct. + * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or + * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled, + * + * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read + * or written to. + *) +function av_opt_ptr(avclass: {const} PAVClass; obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar): pointer; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL. + *) +procedure av_opt_freep_ranges(ranges: PPAVOptionRanges); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + *) +function av_opt_query_ranges(P: PPAVOptionRanges; obj: pointer; key: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +function av_opt_copy(dest: pointer;src: {const }pointer): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback + * and can be used as fallback from within the callback. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + *) +function av_opt_query_ranges_default(P: PPAVOptionRanges; obj: pointer; key: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * @ + *) diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/pixfmt.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/pixfmt.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a8cdad64 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/pixfmt.pas @@ -0,0 +1,599 @@ +(* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/pixfmt.h + * avutil version 54.7.100 + * + *) + +(** + * @file + * Pixel format + *) + +const + AVPALETTE_SIZE = 1024; + AVPALETTE_COUNT = 256; + +type +(** + * Pixel format. Notes: + * + * @note + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA + * color is put together as: + * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B + * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on + * big-endian CPUs. + * + * @par + * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized + * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in + * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is + * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is + * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette + * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255. + * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed + * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components. + * + * @par + * For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like + * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function + * allocating the picture. + *) + + PAVPixelFormat = ^TAVPixelFormat; + TAVPixelFormat = ( + AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1 + AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA... + AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA... + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 0 + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 1 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 1 +{$IFDEF FF_API_VAAPI} + (** Deprecated pixel formats *) + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a VASurfaceID + + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI = AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, +{$ELSE} + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI, +{$ENDIF} + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 1 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 1 + AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha +(* see const declaration way down + AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 +*) + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + (** + * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth. + * Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding. + * If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better. + *) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface + + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb + + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian + (** + * HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * mfxFrameSurface1 structure. + *) + AV_PIX_FMT_QSV, + (** + * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure. + *) + AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL, + + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer + + (** + * HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers + * exactly as for system memory frames. + *) + AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA, + + AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range + + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC, ///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox + + AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian + + (** + * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11. + * + * This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11 + * hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only. + * + * data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the + * texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is + * an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture). + *) + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11, + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian + + (** + * DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing. + * + * data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor. + *) + AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME, + (** + * Hardware surfaces for OpenCL. + * + * data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used + * in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface. + *) + AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL, + + AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions + ); + +const + AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8; ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8; ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + +{$IFDEF WORDS_BIGENDIAN} + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 = AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 = AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA; + AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 = AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB; + AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 = AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR; + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 = AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 = AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 = AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE; + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14= AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE; + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE; + + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 = AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 = AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 = AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 = AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE; + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE; + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE; + + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 = AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 = AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 = AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_P010 = AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_P016 = AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE; + +{$ELSE} + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 = AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 = AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB; + AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0; + AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0; + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 = AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 = AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 = AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE; + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14= AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE; + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE; + + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 = AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 = AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 = AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 = AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE; + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE; + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE; + + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 = AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 = AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 = AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_P010 = AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_P016 = AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE; +{$ENDIF} + +type +(** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.1. + *) + TAVColorPrimaries = ( + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above + AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C + AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ) + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3 + AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = 22, ///< JEDEC P22 phosphors + AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI + ); + +(** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.2. + *) + TAVColorTransferCharacteristic = ( + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 + AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7, + AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4 + AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC) + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084, + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma" + AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI + ); + +(** + * YUV colorspace type. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.3. + *) + TAVColorSpace = ( + AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB) + AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601 + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above + AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16 + AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO, + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp + AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI + ); + +type +(** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + *) + TAVColorRange = ( + AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI + ); + +(** + * Location of chroma samples. + * + * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the + * image, the left shows only luma, the right + * shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay + * each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII + * + * 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions + * v v v v + * ______ ______ + *1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples, + * | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions + *2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position + *) + TAVChromaLocation = ( + AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6, + AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI + ); diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/samplefmt.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/samplefmt.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..85b11305 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/libavutil/samplefmt.pas @@ -0,0 +1,287 @@ +(* + * SampleFormat + * copyright (c) 2011 Karl-Michael Schindler + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg. + * + * Conversion of libavutil/samplefmt.h + * avutil version 54.7.100 + * + *) + +type +(** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @ + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats + * + * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions. + * @ + *) + +(** + * Audio sample formats + * + * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order. + * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed + * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format. + * + * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range + * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level. + * + * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg + * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows: + * + * @par + * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane, + * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data + * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data + * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case, + * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane. + * + *) + TAVSampleFormat = ( + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically + ); + TAVSampleFormatArray = array [0 .. MaxInt div SizeOf(TAVSampleFormat) - 1] of TAVSampleFormat; + PAVSampleFormatArray = ^TAVSampleFormatArray; + +(** + * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not + * recognized. + *) +function av_get_sample_fmt_name(sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): {const} PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + * on error. + *) +function av_get_sample_fmt(name: {const} PAnsiChar): TAVSampleFormat; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the + * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the + * input. + *) +function av_get_alt_sample_fmt(sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; planar: cint): TAVSampleFormat; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + *) +function av_get_packed_sample_fmt(sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): TAVSampleFormat; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + *) +function av_get_planar_sample_fmt(sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): TAVSampleFormat; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with + * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is + * unknown or in case of other errors + *) +function av_get_sample_fmt_string(buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint; sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Return number of bytes per sample. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given + * sample format + *) +function av_get_bytes_per_sample(sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +type + OctArrayOfPcuint8 = array[0..7] of Pcuint8; + OctArrayOfcint = array[0..7] of cint; + +(** + * Check if the sample format is planar. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect + * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved + *) +function av_sample_fmt_is_planar(sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters. + * + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure + *) +function av_samples_get_buffer_size(linesize: Pcint; nb_channels: cint; nb_samples: cint; + sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; align: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * @ + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation + * + * Functions that manipulate audio samples + * @ + *) + +(** + * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample + * format sample_fmt. + * + * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes: + * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer, + * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only. + * + * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each + * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the + * buffer for all channels for packed layout. + * + * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples + * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size), + * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer in case + * of success at the next bump + *) +function av_samples_fill_arrays(var audio_data: Pcuint8; linesize: Pcint; + buf: Pcuint8; + nb_channels: cint; nb_samples: cint; + sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; align: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and + * linesize accordingly. + * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0]) + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump + * @see av_samples_fill_arrays() + * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples() + *) +function av_samples_alloc(var audio_data: Pcuint8; linesize: Pcint; + nb_channels: cint; nb_samples: cint; + sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; align: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples + * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly. + * + * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data + * pointers array. + * + * @see av_samples_alloc() + *) +function av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(var audio_data: Pcuint8; linesize: Pcint; + nb_channels: cint; nb_samples: cint; + sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; align: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Copy samples from src to dst. + * + * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes + * @param src source array of pointers to data planes + * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst + * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src + * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + *) +function av_samples_copy(var dst: Pcuint8; src: {const} Pcuint8; dst_offset: cint; + src_offset: cint; nb_samples: cint; nb_channels: cint; + sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Fill an audio buffer with silence. + * + * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes + * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling + * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + *) +function av_samples_set_silence(var audio_data: Pcuint8; offset: cint; nb_samples: cint; + nb_channels: cint; sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/rational.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/rational.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d7fcb5b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/rational.pas @@ -0,0 +1,270 @@ +(* + * rational numbers + * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg. + * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows. + * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT + * in the source codes. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/rational.h + * avutil version 54.7.100 + * + *) + +unit rational; + +{$IFDEF FPC} + {$MODE DELPHI} + {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) + {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *) +{$ELSE} + {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) +{$ENDIF} + +{$I switches.inc} + +interface + +uses + ctypes, + UConfig; + +(** + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * @{ + *) + +type +(** + * Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator). + *) + PAVRational = ^TAVRational; + TAVRational = record + num: cint; ///< Numerator + den: cint; ///< Denominator + end; + + TAVRationalArray = array[0 .. (MaxInt div SizeOf(TAVRational))-1] of TAVRational; + PAVRationalArray = ^TAVRationalArray; + +(** + * Create an AVRational. + * + * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals. + * + * @note The return value is not reduced. + * @see av_reduce() + */ +static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den) +{ + AVRational r = { num, den }; + return r; +} + +/**) + +(** + * Create an AVRational. + * + * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals. + * + * @note The return value is not reduced. + * @see av_reduce() + *) +function av_make_q(num, den: cint): TAVRational; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Compare two rationals. + * + * @param a First rational + * @param b Second rational + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - 0 if `a == b` + * - 1 if `a > b` + * - -1 if `a < b` + * - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0` + *) +function av_cmp_q(a: TAVRational; b: TAVRational): cint; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Convert an AVRational to a `double`. + * @param a AVRational to convert + * @return `a` in floating-point form + * @see av_d2q() + *) +function av_q2d(a: TAVRational): cdouble; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Reduce a fraction. + * + * This is useful for framerate calculations. + * + * @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator + * @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator + * @param[in] num Source numerator + * @param[in] den Source denominator + * @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den` + * @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise + *) +function av_reduce(dst_num: PCint; dst_den: PCint; num: cint64; den: cint64; max: cint64): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Multiply two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b*c + *) +function av_mul_q(b: TAVRational; c: TAVRational): TAVRational; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * Divide one rational by another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b/c + *) +function av_div_q(b: TAVRational; c: TAVRational): TAVRational; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * Add two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b+c + *) +function av_add_q(b: TAVRational; c: TAVRational): TAVRational; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * Subtract one rational from another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b-c + *) +function av_sub_q(b: TAVRational; c: TAVRational): TAVRational; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * Invert a rational. + * @param q value + * @return 1 / q + *) +function av_inv_q(q: TAVRational): TAVRational; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational. + * + * In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or + * `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign. + * + * @param d `double` to convert + * @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @return `d` in AVRational form + * @see av_q2d() + *) +function av_d2q(d: cdouble; max: cint): TAVRational; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational. + * + * @param q Rational to be compared against + * @param q1,q2 Rationals to be tested + * @return One of the following values: + * - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2` + * - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1` + * - 0 if they have the same distance + *) +function av_nearer_q(q, q1, q2: TAVRational): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational. + * + * @param q Reference rational + * @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}` + * @return Index of the nearest value found in the array + *) +function av_find_nearest_q_idx(q: TAVRational; q_list: {const} PAVRationalArray): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point + * format. + * + * @param q Rational to be converted + * @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit + * integer. + * @note The returned value is platform-indepedant. + *) +function av_q2intfloat(q: TAVRational): cuint32; + cdecl; external av__util; + +implementation + +function av_cmp_q (a: TAVRational; b: TAVRational): cint; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +var + tmp: cint64; +begin + tmp := a.num * cint64(b.den) - b.num * cint64(a.den); + +{ old version + if (tmp <> 0) then + Result := (tmp shr 63) or 1 + else + Result := 0; +} +{ C original: + if(tmp) return ((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1; + else if(b.den && a.den) return 0; + else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31); + else return INT_MIN; +} + + if tmp <> 0 then + Result := ((tmp xor a.den xor b.den) shr 63) or 1 + else if (b.den and a.den) <> 0 then + Result := 0 + else if (a.num and b.num) <> 0 then + Result := (a.num shr 31) - (b.num shr 31) + else + Result := low(cint); + +end; + +function av_q2d(a: TAVRational): cdouble; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +begin + Result := a.num / a.den; +end; + +function av_inv_q(q: TAVRational): TAVRational; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +begin + Result.num := q.den; + Result.den := q.num; +end; + +function av_make_q(num, den: cint): TAVRational; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +begin + Result.num := num; + Result.den := den; +end; + +end. diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/swresample.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/swresample.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aea02d36 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/swresample.pas @@ -0,0 +1,467 @@ +(* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg. + * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows. + * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT + * in the source codes. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of + * + * libswresample/swresample.h: + * version: 0.18.100 + * + *) + + +unit swresample; + +{$IFDEF FPC} + {$MODE DELPHI} + {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) + {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *) +{$ELSE} + {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF DARWIN} + {$linklib swresample} +{$ENDIF} + +interface + +uses + ctypes, + avutil, + rational, + {$IFDEF UNIX} + BaseUnix, + {$ENDIF} + UConfig; + +const + (* + * IMPORTANT: The official FFmpeg C headers change very quickly. Often some + * of the data structures are changed so that they become incompatible with + * older header files. The Pascal headers have to be adjusted to those changes, + * otherwise the application might crash randomly or strange bugs (not + * necessarily related to video or audio due to buffer overflows etc.) might + * occur. + * + * In the past users reported problems with USDX that took hours to fix and + * the problem was an unsupported version of FFmpeg. So we decided to disable + * support for future versions of FFmpeg until the headers are revised by us + * for that version as they otherwise most probably will break USDX. + * + * If the headers do not yet support your FFmpeg version you may want to + * adjust the max. version numbers manually but please note: it may work but + * in many cases it does not. The USDX team does NOT PROVIDE ANY SUPPORT + * for the game if the MAX. VERSION WAS CHANGED. + * + * The only safe way to support new versions of FFmpeg is to add the changes + * of the FFmpeg git repository C headers to the Pascal headers. + * You can accelerate this process by posting a patch with the git changes + * translated to Pascal to our bug tracker (please join our IRC chat before + * you start working on it). Simply adjusting the max. versions is NOT a valid + * fix. + *) + + (* Supported version by this header *) + LIBSWRESAMPLE_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR = 3; + LIBSWRESAMPLE_MAX_VERSION_MINOR = 3; + LIBSWRESAMPLE_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE = 100; + LIBSWRESAMPLE_MAX_VERSION = (LIBSWRESAMPLE_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) + + (LIBSWRESAMPLE_MAX_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) + + (LIBSWRESAMPLE_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE); + + (* Min. supported version by this header *) + LIBSWRESAMPLE_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR = 3; + LIBSWRESAMPLE_MIN_VERSION_MINOR = 1; + LIBSWRESAMPLE_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE = 100; + LIBSWRESAMPLE_MIN_VERSION = (LIBSWRESAMPLE_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) + + (LIBSWRESAMPLE_MIN_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) + + (LIBSWRESAMPLE_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE); + +(* Check if linked versions are supported *) +{$IF (LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION < LIBSWRESAMPLE_MIN_VERSION)} + {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libswresample is too old!'} +{$IFEND} + +(* Check if linked version is supported *) +{$IF (LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION > LIBSWRESAMPLE_MAX_VERSION)} + {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libswresample is not yet supported!'} +{$IFEND} + +{$IF LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR < 1} + SWR_CH_MAX = 32; (* < Maximum number of channels *) +{$ENDIF} + SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE = 1; (* < Force resampling even if equal sample rate *) + +type +(** Dithering algorithms *) + TSwrDitherType = ( + SWR_DITHER_NONE = 0, + SWR_DITHER_RECTANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR_HIGHPASS, + + SWR_DITHER_NS = 64, (* < not part of API/ABI *) + SWR_DITHER_NS_LIPSHITZ, + SWR_DITHER_NS_F_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_MODIFIED_E_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_IMPROVED_E_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NS_LOW_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NS_HIGH_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NB (* < not part of API/ABI *) + ); + +(** Resampling Engines *) + TSwrEngine = ( + SWR_ENGINE_SWR, (* < SW Resampler *) + SWR_ENGINE_SOXR, (* < SoX Resampler *) + SWR_ENGINE_NB (* < not part of API/ABI *) + ); + +(** Resampling Filter Types *) + TSwrFilterType = ( + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_CUBIC, (* < Cubic *) + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_BLACKMAN_NUTTALL, (* < Blackman Nuttall windowed sinc *) + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_KAISER (* < Kaiser windowed sinc *) + ); + +(** + * The libswresample context. Unlike libavcodec and libavformat, this structure + * is opaque. This means that if you would like to set options, you must use + * the @ref avoptions API and cannot directly set values to members of the + * structure. + *) + PPSwrContext= ^PSwrContext; + PSwrContext = ^TSwrContext; + TSwrContext = record + end; + +{$INCLUDE libavcodec/audioconvert.pas} + +(** + * Get the AVClass for swrContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + *) +function swr_get_class(): PAVClass; + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +(** + * Allocate SwrContext. + * + * If you use this function you will need to set the parameters (manually or + * with swr_alloc_set_opts()) before calling swr_init(). + * + * @see swr_alloc_set_opts(), swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise + *) +function swr_alloc(): PSwrContext; + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +(** + * Initialize context after user parameters have been set. + * + * @see av_opt_set_int() + * @see av_opt_set_dict() + * + * @param[in,out] s Swr context to initialize + * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure. + *) +function swr_init(s: PSwrContext): cint; + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +(** + * Check whether an swr context has been initialized or not. + * + * @param[in] s Swr context to check + * @see swr_init() + * @return positive if it has been initialized, 0 if not initialized + *) +function swr_is_initialized(s: PSwrContext): cint; + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +(** + * Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters. + * + * This function does not require s to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the + * other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts() to set the parameters + * on the allocated context. + * + * @param s existing Swr context if available, or NULL if not + * @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_* ) + * @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_* ). + * @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_* ) + * @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_* ). + * @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param log_offset logging level offset + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * + * @see swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise + *) +function swr_alloc_set_opts(s: PSwrContext; + out_ch_layout: cint64; out_sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; out_sample_rate: cint; + in_ch_layout: cint64; in_sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; in_sample_rate: cint; + log_offset: cint; log_ctx: pointer): PSwrContext; + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +(** + * Free the given SwrContext and set the pointer to NULL. + * + * @param[in] s a pointer to a pointer to Swr context + *) +procedure swr_free(s: PPSwrContext); + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +(** + * Closes the context so that swr_is_initialized() returns 0. + * + * The context can be brought back to life by running swr_init(), + * swr_init() can also be used without swr_close(). + * This function is mainly provided for simplifying the usecase + * where one tries to support libavresample and libswresample. + * + * @param[in,out] s Swr context to be closed + *) +procedure swr_close(s: PSwrContext); + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +(** + * Convert audio. + * + * in and in_count can be set to 0 to flush the last few samples out at the + * end. + * + * If more input is provided than output space, then the input will be buffered. + * You can avoid this buffering by using swr_get_out_samples() to retrieve an + * upper bound on the required number of output samples for the given number of + * input samples. Conversion will run directly without copying whenever possible. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, with parameters set + * @param out output buffers, only the first one need be set in case of packed audio + * @param out_count amount of space available for output in samples per channel + * @param in input buffers, only the first one need to be set in case of packed audio + * @param in_count number of input samples available in one channel + * + * @return number of samples output per channel, negative value on error + *) +function swr_convert(s: PSwrContext; var out_: PByte; out_count: cint; + var in_: {const} PByte; in_count: cint): cint; + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +(** + * Convert the next timestamp from input to output + * timestamps are in 1/(in_sample_rate * out_sample_rate) units. + * + * @note There are 2 slightly differently behaving modes. + * First is when automatic timestamp compensation is not used, (min_compensation >= FLT_MAX) + * in this case timestamps will be passed through with delays compensated + * Second is when automatic timestamp compensation is used, (min_compensation < FLT_MAX) + * in this case the output timestamps will match output sample numbers + * + * @param pts timestamp for the next input sample, INT64_MIN if unknown + * @return the output timestamp for the next output sample + *) +function swr_next_pts(s: PSwrContext; pts: cint64): cint64; + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +(** + * Activate resampling compensation ("soft" compensation). This function is + * internally called when needed in swr_next_pts(). + * + * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context. If it is not initialized, + * or SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE is not set, swr_init() is + * called with the flag set. + * @param[in] sample_delta delta in PTS per sample + * @param[in] compensation_distance number of samples to compensate for + * @return >= 0 on success, AVERROR error codes if: + * @li @c s is NULL, + * @li @c compensation_distance is less than 0, + * @li @c compensation_distance is 0 but sample_delta is not, + * @li compensation unsupported by resampler, or + * @li swr_init() fails when called. + *) +function swr_set_compensation(s: PSwrContext; sample_delta: cint; compensation_distance: cint): cint; + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +(** + * Set a customized input channel mapping. + * + * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param[in] channel_map customized input channel mapping (array of channel + * indexes, -1 for a muted channel) + * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure. + *) +function swr_set_channel_mapping(s: PSwrContext; {const} channel_map: pcint): cint; + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +(** + * Generate a channel mixing matrix. + * + * This function is the one used internally by libswresample for building the + * default mixing matrix. It is made public just as a utility function for + * building custom matrices. + * + * @param in_layout input channel layout + * @param out_layout output channel layout + * @param center_mix_level mix level for the center channel + * @param surround_mix_level mix level for the surround channel(s) + * @param lfe_mix_level mix level for the low-frequency effects channel + * @param rematrix_maxval if 1.0, coefficients will be normalized to prevent + * overflow. if INT_MAX, coefficients will not be + * normalized. + * @param[out] matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o. + * @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the + * matrix array + * @param matrix_encoding matrixed stereo downmix mode (e.g. dplii) + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + *) +function swr_build_matrix(in_layout: Pcuint64; out_layout: Pcuint64; + center_mix_level: cdouble; surround_mix_level: cdouble; + lfe_mix_level: cdouble; rematrix_maxval: cdouble; + rematrix_volume: cdouble; matrix: Pcdouble; + stride: cint; matrix_encoding: TAVMatrixEncoding; + log_ctx: pointer): cint; + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +(** + * Set a customized remix matrix. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param matrix remix coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o + * @param stride offset between lines of the matrix + * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure. + *) +function swr_set_matrix(s: PSwrContext; {const} matrix: pcdouble; stride: cint): cint; + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +(** + * Drops the specified number of output samples. + * + * This function, along with swr_inject_silence(), is called by swr_next_pts() + * if needed for "hard" compensation. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context + * @param count number of samples to be dropped + * + * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure + *) +function swr_drop_output(s: PSwrContext; count: cint): cint; + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +(** + * Injects the specified number of silence samples. + * + * This function, along with swr_drop_output(), is called by swr_next_pts() + * if needed for "hard" compensation. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context + * @param count number of samples to be dropped + * + * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure + *) +function swr_inject_silence(s: PSwrContext; count: cint): cint; + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +(** + * Gets the delay the next input sample will experience relative to the next output sample. + * + * Swresample can buffer data if more input has been provided than available + * output space, also converting between sample rates needs a delay. + * This function returns the sum of all such delays. + * The exact delay is not necessarily an integer value in either input or + * output sample rate. Especially when downsampling by a large value, the + * output sample rate may be a poor choice to represent the delay, similarly + * for upsampling and the input sample rate. + * + * @param s swr context + * @param base timebase in which the returned delay will be: + * @li if it's set to 1 the returned delay is in seconds + * @li if it's set to 1000 the returned delay is in milliseconds + * @li if it's set to the input sample rate then the returned + * delay is in input samples + * @li if it's set to the output sample rate then the returned + * delay is in output samples + * @li if it's the least common multiple of in_sample_rate and + * out_sample_rate then an exact rounding-free delay will be + * returned + * @returns the delay in 1 / @c base units. + *) +function swr_get_delay(s: PSwrContext; base: cint64): cint64; + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +(** + * Find an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert + * call will output, if called with in_samples of input samples. This + * depends on the internal state, and anything changing the internal state + * (like further swr_convert() calls) will may change the number of samples + * swr_get_out_samples() returns for the same number of input samples. + * + * @param in_samples number of input samples. + * @note any call to swr_inject_silence(), swr_convert(), swr_next_pts() + * or swr_set_compensation() invalidates this limit + * @note it is recommended to pass the correct available buffer size + * to all functions like swr_convert() even if swr_get_out_samples() + * indicates that less would be used. + * @returns an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert + * will output or a negative value to indicate an error + *) +function swr_get_out_samples(s: PSwrContext; in_samples: cint): cint; + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +(** + * Return the @ref LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT constant. + * + * This is useful to check if the build-time libswresample has the same version + * as the run-time one. + * + * @returns the unsigned int-typed version + *) +function swresample_version(): cuint; + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +(** + * Return the swr build-time configuration. + * + * @returns the build-time @c ./configure flags + *) +function swresample_configuration(): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +(** + * Return the swr license. + * + * @returns the license of libswresample, determined at build-time + *) +function swresample_license(): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external sw__resample; + +implementation + +end. + diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/swscale.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/swscale.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..59391758 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-4.0/swscale.pas @@ -0,0 +1,439 @@ +(* + * Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Michael Niedermayer + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * FFmpeg Pascal port + * - Ported by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libswscale/swscale.h + * version: 3.0.100 + *) + +unit swscale; + +{$IFDEF FPC} + {$MODE DELPHI } + {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) + {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *) + {$MACRO ON} (* Turn macro support on *) +{$ELSE} + {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) +{$ENDIF} + +{$I switches.inc} (* for ffmpeg defines *) +{$I ff_api-defines.inc} (* FF_API_* defines *) + +{$IFDEF DARWIN} + {$linklib libswscale} +{$ENDIF} + +interface + +uses + ctypes, + avutil, + avcodec, + UConfig; + +const +(* + * IMPORTANT: The official FFmpeg C headers change very quickly. Often some + * of the data structures are changed so that they become incompatible with + * older header files. The Pascal headers have to be adjusted to those changes, + * otherwise the application might crash randomly or strange bugs (not + * necessarily related to video or audio due to buffer overflows etc.) might + * occur. + * + * In the past users reported problems with USDX that took hours to fix and + * the problem was an unsupported version of FFmpeg. So we decided to disable + * support for future versions of FFmpeg until the headers are revised by us + * for that version as they otherwise most probably will break USDX. + * + * If the headers do not yet support your FFmpeg version you may want to + * adjust the max. version numbers manually but please note: it may work but + * in many cases it does not. The USDX team does NOT PROVIDE ANY SUPPORT + * for the game if the MAX. VERSION WAS CHANGED. + * + * The only safe way to support new versions of FFmpeg is to add the changes + * of the FFmpeg git repository C headers to the Pascal headers. + * You can accelerate this process by posting a patch with the git changes + * translated to Pascal to our bug tracker (please join our IRC chat before + * you start working on it). Simply adjusting the max. versions is NOT a valid + * fix. + *) + + (* Max. supported version by this header *) + LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR = 5; + LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_MINOR = 3; + LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE = 100; + LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION = (LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) + + (LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) + + (LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE); + +(* Check if linked versions are supported *) +{$IF (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION > LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION)} + {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libswscale is not yet supported!'} +{$IFEND} + +type + TQuadCintArray = array[0..3] of cint; + PQuadCintArray = ^TQuadCintArray; + TCintArray = array[0..0] of cint; + PCintArray = ^TCintArray; + TPCuint8Array = array[0..0] of PCuint8; + PPCuint8Array = ^TPCuint8Array; + +(** + * Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant. + *) +function swscale_version(): cuint; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Return the libswscale build-time configuration. + *) +function swscale_configuration(): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Return the libswscale license. + *) +function swscale_license(): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +const + (* values for the flags, the stuff on the command line is different *) + SWS_FAST_BILINEAR = 1; + SWS_BILINEAR = 2; + SWS_BICUBIC = 4; + SWS_X = 8; + SWS_POINT = $10; + SWS_AREA = $20; + SWS_BICUBLIN = $40; + SWS_GAUSS = $80; + SWS_SINC = $100; + SWS_LANCZOS = $200; + SWS_SPLINE = $400; + + SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_MASK = $30000; + SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_SHIFT = 16; + + SWS_PARAM_DEFAULT = 123456; + + SWS_PRINT_INFO = $1000; + + // the following 3 flags are not completely implemented + // internal chrominance subsampling info + SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT = $2000; + // input subsampling info + SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP = $4000; + SWS_DIRECT_BGR = $8000; + SWS_ACCURATE_RND = $40000; + SWS_BITEXACT = $80000; + + SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF = 0.002; + + SWS_CS_ITU709 = 1; + SWS_CS_FCC = 4; + SWS_CS_ITU601 = 5; + SWS_CS_ITU624 = 5; + SWS_CS_SMPTE170M = 5; + SWS_CS_SMPTE240M = 7; + SWS_CS_DEFAULT = 5; + SWS_CS_BT2020 = 9; + +(** + * Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace + * suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + * + * @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid, + * SWS_CS_DEFAULT is used. + *) +function sws_getCoefficients(colorspace: cint): Pcint; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +type + + // when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements + // coeffs cannot be shared between vectors + PSwsVector = ^TSwsVector; + TSwsVector = record + coeff: PCdouble; // pointer to the list of coefficients + length: cint; // number of coefficients in the vector + end; + + // vectors can be shared + PSwsFilter = ^TSwsFilter; + TSwsFilter = record + lumH: PSwsVector; + lumV: PSwsVector; + chrH: PSwsVector; + chrV: PSwsVector; + end; + + PSwsContext = ^TSwsContext; + TSwsContext = record + {internal structure} + end; + +(** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0 + * otherwise. + *) +function sws_isSupportedInput(pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat): cint; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0 + * otherwise. + *) +function sws_isSupportedOutput(pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat): cint; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @return a positive value if an endianness conversion for pix_fmt is + * supported, 0 otherwise. + *) +function sws_isSupportedEndiannessConversion(pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat): cint; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Allocate an empty SwsContext. This must be filled and passed to + * sws_init_context(). For filling see AVOptions, options.c and + * sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + *) +function sws_alloc_context(): PSwsContext; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Initialize the swscaler context sws_context. + * + * @return zero or positive value on success, a negative value on + * error + *) +function sws_init_context(sws_context: PSwsContext; srcFilter: PSwsFilter; dstFilter: PSwsFilter): cint; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Free the swscaler context swsContext. + * If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing. + *) +procedure sws_freeContext(swsContext: PSwsContext); + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Allocate and return a SwsContext. You need it to perform + * scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale(). + * + * @param srcW the width of the source image + * @param srcH the height of the source image + * @param srcFormat the source image format + * @param dstW the width of the destination image + * @param dstH the height of the destination image + * @param dstFormat the destination image format + * @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling + * @param param extra parameters to tune the used scaler + * For SWS_BICUBIC param[0] and [1] tune the shape of the basis + * function, param[0] tunes f(1) and param[1] f??(1) + * For SWS_GAUSS param[0] tunes the exponent and thus cutoff + * frequency + * For SWS_LANCZOS param[0] tunes the width of the window function + * @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error + * @note this function is to be removed after a saner alternative is + * written + *) +function sws_getContext(srcW: cint; srcH: cint; srcFormat: TAVPixelFormat; + dstW: cint; dstH: cint; dstFormat: TAVPixelFormat; + flags: cint; srcFilter: PSwsFilter; + dstFilter: PSwsFilter; param: {const} PCdouble): PSwsContext; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Scale the image slice in srcSlice and put the resulting scaled + * slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive + * rows in an image. + * + * Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in + * top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in + * non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined. + * + * @param c the scaling context previously created with + * sws_getContext() + * @param srcSlice the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the source slice + * @param srcStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the source image + * @param srcSliceY the position in the source image of the slice to + * process, that is the number (counted starting from + * zero) in the image of the first row of the slice + * @param srcSliceH the height of the source slice, that is the number + * of rows in the slice + * @param dst the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the destination image + * @param dstStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the destination image + * @return the height of the output slice + *) +function sws_scale(c: PSwsContext; {const} srcSlice: PPCuint8Array; + {const} srcStride: PCintArray; srcSliceY: cint; srcSliceH: cint; + {const} dst: PPCuint8Array; {const} dstStride: PCintArray): cint; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * @param dstRange flag indicating the while-black range of the output (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param srcRange flag indicating the while-black range of the input (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the output yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the input yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param brightness 16.16 fixed point brightness correction + * @param contrast 16.16 fixed point contrast correction + * @param saturation 16.16 fixed point saturation correction + * @return -1 if not supported + *) +function sws_setColorspaceDetails(c: PSwsContext; inv_table: PQuadCintArray; + srcRange: cint; table: PQuadCintArray; dstRange: cint; + brightness: cint; contrast: cint; saturation: cint): cint; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * @return -1 if not supported + *) +function sws_getColorspaceDetails(c: PSwsContext; var inv_table: PQuadCintArray; + var srcRange: cint; var table: PQuadCintArray; var dstRange: cint; + var brightness: cint; var contrast: cint; var saturation: cint): cint; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Allocate and return an uninitialized vector with length coefficients. + *) +function sws_allocVec(length: cint): PSwsVector; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Return a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff + * quality = 3 is high quality, lower is lower quality. + *) +function sws_getGaussianVec(variance: cdouble; quality: cdouble): PSwsVector; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value. + *) +procedure sws_scaleVec(a: PSwsVector; scalar: cdouble); + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height. + *) +procedure sws_normalizeVec(a: PSwsVector; height: cdouble); + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_SWS_VECTOR} +function sws_getConstVec(c: cdouble; length: cint): PSwsVector; + cdecl; external sw__scale; deprecated; +function sws_getIdentityVec: PSwsVector; + cdecl; external sw__scale; deprecated; +procedure sws_convVec(a: PSwsVector; b: PSwsVector); + cdecl; external sw__scale; deprecated; +procedure sws_addVec(a: PSwsVector; b: PSwsVector); + cdecl; external sw__scale; deprecated; +procedure sws_subVec(a: PSwsVector; b: PSwsVector); + cdecl; external sw__scale; deprecated; +procedure sws_shiftVec(a: PSwsVector; shift: cint); + cdecl; external sw__scale; deprecated; +function sws_cloneVec(a: PSwsVector): PSwsVector; + cdecl; external sw__scale; deprecated; +procedure sws_printVec2(a: PSwsVector; + log_ctx: PAVClass; // PAVClass is declared in avcodec.pas + log_level: cint); + cdecl; external sw__scale; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +procedure sws_freeVec(a: PSwsVector); + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +function sws_getDefaultFilter(lumaGBlur: cfloat; chromaGBlur: cfloat; + lumaSharpen: cfloat; chromaSharpen: cfloat; + chromaHShift: cfloat; chromaVShift: cfloat; + verbose: cint): PSwsFilter; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +procedure sws_freeFilter(filter: PSwsFilter); + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Check if context can be reused, otherwise reallocates a new one. + * + * If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new + * context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already + * saved in context. If that is the case, returns the current + * context. Otherwise, frees context and gets a new context with + * the new parameters. + * + * Be warned that srcFilter and dstFilter are not checked, they + * are assumed to remain the same. + *) +function sws_getCachedContext(context: PSwsContext; + srcW: cint; srcH: cint; srcFormat: TAVPixelFormat; + dstW: cint; dstH: cint; dstFormat: TAVPixelFormat; + flags: cint; srcFilter: PSwsFilter; + dstFilter: PSwsFilter; param: PCdouble): PSwsContext; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Convert an 8bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32-bits. + * + * The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette. + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + *) +procedure sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32({const} src: PPCuint8Array; + dst: PPCuint8Array; + num_pixels: cint; + {const} palette: PPCuint8Array); + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Convert an 8bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits. + * + * With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC". + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + *) +procedure sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24({const} src: PPCuint8Array; + dst: PPCuint8Array; + num_pixels: cint; + {const} palette: PPCuint8Array); + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Get the AVClass for swsContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + *) +function sws_get_class(): {const} PAVClass; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +implementation + +end.